Hartford Funds

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2015
File No. 333-02381/811-07589

5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 300, 100 Matsonford Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Edward P. Macdonald, Esquire
Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 300
100 Matsonford Road
Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:
John V. O’Hanlon, Esquire
Dechert LLP
One International Place, 40th Floor
100 Oliver Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2605

Domestic Equity Funds

Prospectus

March 1, 2016

[MISSING IMAGE: lg_hartfordfundstag-k215x40.jpg]

[MISSING IMAGE: bg-equityl_cov913x961.jpg]

Class A

Class B

Class C

Class I

Class R3

Class R4

Class R5

Class R6

Class Y

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund

ITHAX

IHCAX

HCACX

ITHIX

ITHRX

ITHSX

ITHTX

ITHVX

HCAYX

Hartford Core Equity Fund (formerly, The Hartford Disciplined Equity Fund)

HAIAX

HGIBX

HGICX

HGIIX

HGIRX

HGISX

HGITX

HAITX

HGIYX

The Hartford Dividend and Growth Fund

IHGIX

ITDGX

HDGCX

HDGIX

HDGRX

HDGSX

HDGTX

HDGVX

HDGYX

The Hartford Equity Income Fund

HQIAX

HQIBX

HQICX

HQIIX

HQIRX

HQISX

HQITX

HQIVX

HQIYX

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund

HGOAX

HGOBX

HGOCX

HGOIX

HGORX

HGOSX

HGOTX

HGOVX

HGOYX

The Hartford Healthcare Fund

HGHAX

HGHBX

HGHCX

HGHIX

HGHRX

HGHSX

HGHTX

—

HGHYX

The Hartford MidCap Fund

HFMCX

HAMBX

HMDCX

HFMIX

HFMRX

HFMSX

HFMTX

HFMVX

HMDYX

The Hartford MidCap Value Fund

HMVAX

HMVBX

HMVCX

HMVJX

HMVRX

HMVSX

HMVTX

—

HMVYX

Hartford Small Cap Core Fund (formerly, The Hartford Small/Mid Cap Equity Fund)

HSMAX

HSMBX

HTSCX

HSEIX

HSMRX

HSMSX

HSMTX

—

HSMYX

The Hartford Small Cap Growth Fund *

HSLAX

HSLBX

HSLCX

HSLIX

HSLRX

HSLSX

HSLTX

HSLVX

HSLYX

The Hartford Small Company Fund

IHSAX

HSCBX

HSMCX

IHSIX

IHSRX

IHSSX

IHSUX

IHSVX

HSCYX

The Hartford Value Opportunities Fund

HVOAX

HVOBX

HVOCX

HVOIX

HVORX

HVOSX

HVOTX

—

HVOYX

*The Hartford Small Cap Growth Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares are allowed, other than as described in this Prospectus.

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission have not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Mutual funds are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Funds, be sure to read all risk disclosures carefully before investing.

HARTFORD FUNDS

P.O. BOX 55022

BOSTON, MA 02205-5022

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks growth of capital.

Your Expenses. The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in Hartford Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” section beginning on page [__] of the Fund’s statutory prospectus and the “Purchase and Redemption of Shares” section beginning on page [___] of the Fund’s statement of additional information.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.66]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

[__]%

[___]%

[__]_%

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.29% (Class A), 1.04% (Class I), 1.40% (Class R3), 1.10% (Class R4), 0.80% (Class R5) and 0.75% (Class R6). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Your actual costs may be higher or lower. Based on these assumptions, for every $10,000 invested, you would pay the following expenses if you sell all of your shares at the end of each time period indicated:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the examples, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [___]% of the average value of its portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in stocks selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in common stocks of medium and large companies. The Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, including companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), uses fundamental analysis to identify companies that it believes have substantial near-term capital appreciation potential regardless of company size or industry.

The Fund employs a multiple portfolio manager structure, which means the Fund has several components that are managed separately using different investment styles. Each component sleeve has a distinct investment philosophy and analytical process to identify specific securities for purchase or sale based on internal, proprietary research. Each component sleeve seeks growth of capital. Wellington Management does not allocate a set percentage to any specific sleeve but instead seeks a flexible and diversified Fund profile. Together the investment strategies represent a wide range of investment philosophies, companies, industries and market capitalizations. The Fund may trade portfolio securities actively.

PRINCIPAL RISKS. The primary risks of investing in the Fund are described below. When you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you paid for them, which means that you could lose money as a result of your investment. An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. For more information regarding risks and investment matters please see “Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks” and "More Information About Risks" in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Market Risk − Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to the activities and financial prospects of individual companies or to general market and economic movements and trends, including adverse changes to credit markets.

Investment Strategy Risk − The risk that, if the sub-adviser’s investment strategy does not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform its peers or lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

Foreign Investments Risk − Investments in foreign securities may be riskier than investments in U.S. securities. Differences between the U.S. and foreign regulatory regimes and securities markets, including the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets, as well as political and economic developments in foreign countries and regions, may affect the value of the Fund’s investments in foreign securities. Changes in currency exchange rates may also adversely affect the Fund’s foreign investments.

Emerging Markets Risk − The risks related to investing in foreign securities are generally greater with respect to investments in companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The risks of investing in emerging markets include risks of illiquidity, increased price volatility, smaller market capitalizations, less government regulation, less extensive and less frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements, significant delays in settlement of trades, risk of loss resulting from problems in share registration and custody and substantial economic and political disruptions. Frontier markets are those emerging markets that are considered to be among the smallest, least mature and least liquid, and as a result, the risks of investing in emerging markets are magnified in frontier markets.

Asset Allocation Risk − The risk that if the Fund’s strategy for allocating assets among different asset classes and/or portfolio management teams does not work as intended, the Fund may not achieve its objective or may underperform other funds with similar investment strategies. The investment styles employed by the portfolio managers may not be complementary, which could adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Mid-Cap Securities Risk − The securities of mid cap companies generally trade in lower volumes and are generally subject to greater and less predictable price changes than the securities of larger capitalization companies.

Active Trading Risk − Active trading could increase the Fund's transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may adversely affect Fund performance.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

PAST PERFORMANCE. The performance information below indicates the risks of investing in the Fund. Keep in mind that past performance does not indicate future results. Updated performance information is available at www.hartfordfunds.com.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Shows the returns of the Fund’s Class A shares. Because all of the Fund’s shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities, returns for the Fund’s other classes differ only to the extent that the classes do not have the same expenses.

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: a9qvhnkp0si4flka8uvkf663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [____]% ([__] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [____]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average Annual Total Returns. The table below shows returns for the Fund over time compared to those of two broad-based market indices. After-tax returns, which are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes, are shown only for Class A shares and will vary for other classes. Actual after-tax returns, which depend on an investor’s particular tax situation, may differ from those shown and are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on November 7, 2014 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Kent M. Stahl, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2013
Gregg R. Thomas, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2013
Saul J. Pannell, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	1996
Frank D. Catrickes, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	1998

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

You may sell your shares of the Fund on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. You may sell your shares on the web at www.hartfordfunds.com, by phone by calling 1-888-843-7824, by electronic funds transfer, or by wire. In certain circumstances you will need to write to Hartford Funds, P.O. Box 55022, Boston, MA 02205-5022 to request to sell your shares. For overnight mail, please send the request to Hartford Funds, 30 Dan Road, Suite 55022, Canton, MA 02021-2809.

TAX INFORMATION. The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable, and may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

Hartford Core Equity Fund (formerly, The Hartford Disciplined Equity Fund)

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.45]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[____]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[____]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[____]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[____]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[____]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.79% (Class A), 1.54% (Class B), 1.54% (Class C), 0.54% (Class I), 1.09% (Class R3), 0.79% (Class R4), 0.49% (Class R5), 0.45% (Class R6), and 0.49% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks. The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks of issuers located primarily in the United States. Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), the Fund’s sub-adviser, chooses the Fund’s investments using fundamental research designed to identify issuers with improving quality metrics, business momentum and attractive relative valuations. The investment process is aided by a proprietary quantitative screening process that narrows the investment universe to companies that are consistent with the Fund’s investment strategy. The Fund’s portfolio is broadly diversified by industry and company. The Fund may invest in a broad range of market capitalizations, but tends to focus on large capitalization companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

Quantitative Investing Risk − The value of securities or other investments selected using quantitative analysis can perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance. This may be as a result of the factors used in building the quantitative analytical framework, the weights placed on each factor, the accuracy of historical data supplied by third parties, and changing sources of market returns.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: anf83qjvmeaj2nr9b49l8663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average Annual Total Returns. The table below shows returns for the Fund over time compared to those of a broad-based market index. After-tax returns, which are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes, are shown only for Class A shares and will vary for other classes. Actual after-tax returns, which depend on an investor’s particular tax situation, may differ from those shown and are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class I shares commenced operations on March 31, 2015 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on March 31, 2015 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	Mammen Chally, CFA			Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager			1998

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Dividend and Growth Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks a high level of current income consistent with growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.61]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement (2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.25% (Class A), 1.00% (Class I), 1.35% (Class R3), 1.05% (Class R4), 0.75% (Class R5), and 0.70% (Class R6). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of equity securities that typically have above average dividend yields and whose prospects for capital appreciation are considered favorable by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”). The Fund’s portfolio is broadly diversified by company and industry. Under normal market and economic conditions, at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets are invested in dividend paying equity securities. The Fund tends to focus on securities of larger, well-established companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to evaluate a security for purchase or sale by the Fund.

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk − Income provided by the Fund may be affected by changes in the dividend policies of the companies in which the Fund invests and the capital resources available for such payments at such companies. Issuers that have paid regular dividends or distributions to shareholders may not continue to do so at the same level or at all in the future. Dividend paying securities can fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund during such periods to underperform funds that do not focus on dividends. The Fund’s focus on dividend paying investments may cause the Fund’s share price and total return to fluctuate more than those of funds that do not focus their investments on such investments.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: ub0o9hvb26d6sj7objns6663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Edward P. Bousa, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2000
Donald J. Kilbride	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2002
Matthew G. Baker	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2004

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Equity Income Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks a high level of current income consistent with growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.62]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%(2)

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

The reduction in amounts charged in connection with Class B Distribution and Service Plan (12b-1) fees that took effect July 1, 2013, in order to comply with applicable FINRA rules, caused the effective limit on net operating expenses attributable to Class B shares to be [____]%.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.25% (Class A), 2.00% (Class B), 2.00% (Class C), 1.00% (Class I), 1.50% (Class R3), 1.20% (Class R4), 0.90% (Class R5), 0.85% (Class R6) and 0.85% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), uses fundamental analysis to identify securities that offer above average yields, below average valuations and the potential for dividend increases in the future. The Fund invests primarily in equity securities of companies with market capitalizations above $2 billion. At the time of investment, every equity security in which the Fund invests must pay a dividend or be expected to pay a dividend within the next 12 months. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in the securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: a85hsugls90s38ih0dekp663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
W. Michael Reckmeyer, III, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2003
Karen H. Grimes, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2003
Ian R. Link, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2006

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class Y			$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans			None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.71]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.36% (Class A), 2.11% (Class B), 2.11% (Class C), 1.11% (Class I), 1.45% (Class R3), 1.15% (Class R4), 0.85% (Class R5), 0.85% (Class R6) and 0.85% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of common stocks covering a broad range of industries, companies and market capitalizations that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), believes have superior growth potential with a focus on mid to large capitalization stocks. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. The Fund may trade securities actively. Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to identify companies with accelerating operating characteristics for purchase.

Growth Investing Style Risk − If the sub-adviser incorrectly assesses a company’s prospects for growth or how other investors will value the company’s growth, then the price of the company’s stock may decrease, or may not increase to the level anticipated by the sub-adviser. In addition, growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investors’ perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Also, the growth investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the investing style used by the Fund is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Currency Risk − The risk that the value of the Fund’s investments in foreign securities or currencies will be affected by the value of the applicable currency relative to the U.S. dollar. When the Fund sells a foreign currency or foreign currency denominated security, its value may be worth less in U.S. dollars even if the investment increases in value in its local market. U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers may also be affected by currency risk, as the revenue earned by issuers of these securities may also be affected by changes in the issuer’s local currency.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: ah2u0c6i1nl3sgl2q25rm663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Michael T. Carmen, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2001
Mario E. Abularach, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst	2001
Stephen Mortimer	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2003

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Healthcare Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.88]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.60% (Class A), 2.35% (Class B), 2.35% (Class C), 1.35% (Class I), 1.65% (Class R3), 1.35% (Class R4), 1.05% (Class R5) and 1.00% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in the equity securities of health care-related companies worldwide as selected by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”). The focus of the Fund’s investment process is stock selection through fundamental analysis. The Fund takes a broad approach to investing in the health care sector. It may invest in health-related companies, including companies in the pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical delivery, medical products, medical services, managed health care, health information services and emerging health-related subsectors. The Fund’s assets will be allocated across the major subsectors of the health care sector, with some representation typically maintained in each major subsector. The Fund will invest in securities of issuers located in a number of different countries throughout the world, one of which may be the United States; however, the Fund has no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The Fund may invest in securities of companies of any market capitalization.

Health Care-Related Securities Risk − The Fund’s focus on health care-related securities increases the Fund’s exposure to the risks associated with the health care-related sector, including changes in laws or regulations, lawsuits and regulatory proceedings, patent considerations, intense competition and rapid technological change and the potential for obsolescence.

Industry Concentration Risk − Because the Fund’s investments are often focused in a specific industry or group of industries, the Fund is subject to the risk that (1) its performance will be closely tied to the performance of those particular industries; (2) its performance will be adversely impacted when such industries experience a downturn; and (3) it will perform poorly during a slump in demand for securities of companies in such industries. As a result, the Fund may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse developments than a fund that invests more widely.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk − Investments in small capitalization and mid capitalization companies involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established companies. Many of these companies are young and have limited operating or business history. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks, including the risk of bankruptcy.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: er5rjr6edjg7e82iaifa6663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [____]% ([___]quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average Annual Total Returns. The table below shows returns for the Fund over time compared to those of a broad-based sector index and a broad-based market index. After-tax returns, which are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes, are shown only for Class A shares and will vary for other classes. Actual after-tax returns, which depend on an investor’s particular tax situation, may differ from those shown and are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

S&P North American Health Care Sector Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

The Fund has been managed by a team of global industry analysts that specialize in the health care sector since its inception in 2000. Each member of the team manages a portion of the Fund based upon their specific areas of expertise within the health care sector.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Jean M. Hynes, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst	2000
Ann C. Gallo	Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst	2000
Kirk J. Mayer, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst	2000
Robert L. Deresiewicz	Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst	2000

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford MidCap Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.72]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.37% (Class A), 1.12% (Class I), 1.50% (Class R3), 1.20% (Class R4), 0.90% (Class R5) and 0.85% (Class R6). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in stocks selected by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of mid-capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. Wellington Management favors companies that it believes are high-quality. The key characteristics of high-quality companies include a leadership position within an industry, a strong balance sheet, a high return on equity, and/or a strong management team.

The Fund defines mid-capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations within the collective range of the Russell Midcap and S&P MidCap 400 Indices. As of December 31, 2015, this range was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: asifvr28na2auulf1iodn663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on February 27, 2009 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on May 29, 2009 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on November 7, 2014 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

S&P MidCap 400 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Philip W. Ruedi, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2004
Mark A. Whitaker, CFA	Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst	2004

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class Y			$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans			None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford MidCap Value Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.75]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.35% (Class A), 2.10% (Class B), 2.10% (Class C), 1.10% (Class I), 1.55% (Class R3), 1.25% (Class R4), 0.95% (Class R5) and 0.90% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its assets in mid-capitalization companies, focusing on securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), believes are undervalued in the marketplace. The Fund defines mid-capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations within the collective range of the Russell Midcap and S&P MidCap 400 Indices. As of December 31, 2015, this range was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: vfo8av62vnfvfulngemjs663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on May 28, 2010 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on May 28, 2010 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 2500 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Russell MidCap Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	James N. Mordy			Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager			2001

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class Y			$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans			None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford Small Cap Core Fund (formerly, The Hartford Small/Mid Cap Equity Fund)

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.75]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.30% (Class A), 2.05% (Class B), 2.05% (Class C), 1.05% (Class I), 1.50% (Class R3), 1.20% (Class R4), 0.90% (Class R5) and 0.85% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, and may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), uses a quantitative multifactor approach to bottom-up stock selection, utilizing a broad set of individual fundamental stock characteristics to model each stock’s relative attractiveness, with a focus on those factors that have been demonstrated historically to drive market returns.

The Fund defines small-capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations of companies in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2015, the market capitalization of companies included in the Russell 2000 Index ranged from approximately $[___] million to $[____] billion.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Small Cap Securities Risk − Investments in small capitalization companies involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established companies. Many of these companies are young and have limited operating or business history. These securities may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity, and these issuers often face greater business risks, including the risk of bankruptcy.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Include the Fund’s performance when it pursued a different strategy

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: oersmefv5dc6ro3pde679663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Please see the “Related Composite Performance” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus for performance information for other accounts managed by Wellington Management with investment objectives and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund.

Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on September 30, 2011 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class I shares commenced operations on March 31, 2015 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

Russell 2500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	David J. Elliott, CFA			Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investment Management and Portfolio Manager			2012

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Small Cap Growth Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.75]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.40% (Class A), 2.15% (Class B), 2.15% (Class C), 1.15% (Class I), 1.60% (Class R3), 1.30% (Class R4), 1.00% (Class R5), 0.95% (Class R6) and 0.95% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks of small capitalization companies that the Fund’s sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), believes have superior growth potential. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s cash flows are allocated among different portfolio management teams who employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another.

The Fund defines small capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations within the collective range of the Russell 2000 and S&P SmallCap 600 Indices. As of December 31, 2015, this range was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when a portion of the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: aifu2jc57rmsdf7n4c0u0663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on November 7, 2014 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares performance. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Mammen Chally, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2009
David J. Elliott, CFA	Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investment Management and Portfolio Manager	2010

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. The Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares will be allowed, other than as follows: (i) purchases by shareholders of record of the Fund as of March 6, 2015 to add to their existing Fund accounts through subsequent purchases or through exchanges from other Hartford Funds; (ii) purchases through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions; (iii) purchases by existing shareholders, or exchanges into the Fund by shareholders of other Hartford Funds, through participation in broker/dealer wrap-fee programs (i.e., certain approved broker/dealer wrap-fee programs can place new shareholders into the Fund); (iv) purchases by Section 529 plans that currently include the Fund within one or more of their investment options; (v) purchases by Hartford Funds’ fund of funds; (vi) purchases by qualified employee benefit plans, such as 401(k), 403(b), 457 plans and health savings account programs (and their successor, related and affiliated plans) that have made the Fund available to participants on or before March 6, 2015; and (vii) purchases by certain financial institutions or financial intermediary firms that have been pre-approved by Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, prior to the close of business on March 6, 2015, to purchase shares of the Fund on behalf of their clients. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Small Company Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.79]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.40% (Class A), 2.15% (Class B), 2.15% (Class C), 1.15% (Class I), 1.55% (Class R3), 1.25% (Class R4), 0.95% (Class R5), 0.90% (Class R6) and 0.90% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, and may trade securities actively. The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s cash flows are allocated among different portfolio management teams that employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when a portion of the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Include the Fund’s purchase of Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”) during the ten year period

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: vlamr848mv2kvbv7u4af5663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date reflects Class Y shares performance, which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on November 7, 2014 and performance prior to that date reflects Class Y shares performance. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Steven C. Angeli, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	1999
Stephen Mortimer	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2003
Mario E. Abularach, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst	2003
Mammen Chally, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2010
Jamie A. Rome, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2010

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Value Opportunities Fund

Summary Section

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.70]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.35% (Class A), 2.10% (Class B), 2.10% (Class C), 1.10% (Class I), 1.55% (Class R3), 1.25% (Class R4), 0.95% (Class R5) and 0.90% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc.

EXAMPLE. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in equity securities of companies covering a broad range of industries and market capitalizations, focusing on securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), believes are undervalued and have the potential for appreciation. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: mdhokfh9ec9umehq7dk85663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Russell 3000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

MANAGEMENT. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
David W. Palmer, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2003
James N. Mordy	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2001

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class Y			$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans			None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks

Additional information regarding the principal investment strategy and other investment policies for each of The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund (the “Capital Appreciation Fund”), Hartford Core Equity Fund (the “Core Equity Fund”), The Hartford Dividend and Growth Fund (the “Dividend and Growth Fund”), The Hartford Equity Income Fund (the “Equity Income Fund”), The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund (the “Growth Opportunities Fund”), The Hartford Healthcare Fund (the “Healthcare Fund”), The Hartford MidCap Fund (the “MidCap Fund”), The Hartford MidCap Value Fund (the “MidCap Value Fund”), Hartford Small Cap Core Fund (the “Small Cap Core Fund”), The Hartford Small Company Fund (the “Small Company Fund”), The Hartford Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Small Cap Growth Fund”) and The Hartford Value Opportunities Fund (the “Value Opportunities Fund”) (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”) is provided below.

Capital Appreciation Fund

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in stocks selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in common stocks of medium and large companies. The Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, including companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses fundamental analysis to identify companies that it believes have substantial near-term capital appreciation potential regardless of company size or industry.

Wellington Management’s strategy is sometimes referred to as a “bottom up” approach. Companies are selected primarily on the basis of dynamic earnings growth potential and/or the expectation of a significant event that Wellington Management believes will trigger an increase in the stock price. In analyzing a prospective investment, Wellington Management looks at a number of factors, such as business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues, dividends and other related measures of valuation and growth potential. As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may invest in private placements.

Core Equity Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks. The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks of issuers located primarily in the United States. Wellington Management, the Fund’s sub-adviser, chooses the Fund’s investments using fundamental research designed to identify issuers with improving quality metrics, business momentum and attractive relative valuations. The investment process is aided by a proprietary quantitative screening process that narrows the investment universe to companies that are consistent with the Fund’s investment strategy. The Fund’s portfolio is broadly diversified by industry and company. The Fund may invest in a broad range of market capitalizations, but tends to focus on large capitalization companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of value. Wellington Management identifies candidates for fundamental research with an internally-developed quantitative analytical approach. This quantitative approach evaluates each security, favoring those with attractive valuation, momentum, balance sheet and situations and events factors. Valuation factors capture cheapness. Momentum factors focus on stocks with favorable earnings and stock price momentum to assess the appropriate time for purchase. Balance sheet factors analyze the quality of earnings and capital. Situations and events factors exploit opportunities arising from idiosyncratic events or transient situations.

As of December 31, 2015, the market capitalization of companies included in the S&P 500 Index ranged from approximately $[___] billion to $[___] billion.

Dividend and Growth Fund

The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of equity securities that typically have above average dividend yields and whose prospects for capital appreciation are considered favorable by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management. The Fund’s portfolio is broadly diversified by company and industry. Under normal market and economic conditions, at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets are invested in dividend paying equity securities. The Fund tends to focus on securities of larger, well-established companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to evaluate a security for purchase or sale by the Fund.

Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of value. As a key component of its fundamental analysis, Wellington Management evaluates a company’s ability to sustain and potentially increase its dividend payments. The Fund also favors securities that appear to be undervalued in the marketplace.

As of December 31, 2015, the market capitalization of companies within the S&P 500 Index ranged from approximately $[___] billion to $[___] billion.

Equity Income Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses fundamental analysis to identify securities that offer above average yields, below average valuations and the potential for dividend increases in the future. The Fund invests primarily in equity securities of companies with market capitalizations above $2 billion. At the time of investment, every equity security in which the Fund invests must pay a dividend or be expected to pay a dividend within the next 12 months. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in the securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

The Fund’s investment approach is based on the fundamental analysis of dividend-paying companies with market capitalizations generally above $2 billion that have below average estimated price-to-earnings ratios. Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of value. The Fund uses a contrarian approach focused on longer term economic fundamentals. The typical purchase candidate may be characterized as an overlooked or misunderstood company with sound fundamentals. Holdings are frequently in companies that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes are viable, growing businesses with solid financial strength in industries that are temporarily out of favor and under-researched by institutions. Portfolio construction is driven primarily by security selection. Limited consideration is given to economic analysis in establishing sector and industry weightings.

Growth Opportunities Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of common stocks covering a broad range of industries, companies and market capitalizations that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, believes have superior growth potential with a focus on mid to large capitalization stocks. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may invest in private placements. The Fund may trade securities actively. Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to identify companies with accelerating operating characteristics for purchase.

Healthcare Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in the equity securities of health care-related companies worldwide as selected by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management. The focus of the Fund’s investment process is stock selection through fundamental analysis. The Fund takes a broad approach to investing in the health care sector. It may invest in health-related companies, including companies in the pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical delivery, medical products, medical services, managed health care, health information services and emerging health-related subsectors. The Fund’s assets will be allocated across the major subsectors of the health care sector, with some representation typically maintained in each major subsector. The Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets, in the aggregate, in the following industries: pharmaceuticals and biotechnology, medical products and health services. The Fund will invest in securities of issuers located in a number of different countries throughout the world, one of which may be the United States; however, the Fund has no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The Fund may invest in securities of companies of any market capitalization. The Fund will be close to fully invested; cash balances normally will not exceed 10% of net assets.

The Fund’s approach to investing in the health care sector is based on an in-depth understanding of medical science, regulatory developments, and reimbursement policy trends, but will be predominantly focused on stock specific investment opportunities. The Fund will also seek to exploit favorable trends within the health care sector including demographics, as well as investment opportunities that are benefiting from the accelerating pace of biopharmaceutical innovation and the ongoing structural changes in health care delivery systems globally.

The Fund will be relatively focused with regard to both position size and the industries comprising the health care sector. Wellington Management may favor certain subsectors at times based upon the relative attractiveness of stocks within these subsectors, near term macroeconomic factors and the availability of such stocks at attractive prices.

Stocks considered for purchase by the Fund typically share one or more of the following attributes:

•

the company’s business franchise is temporarily mispriced,

•

the market under-values the new product pipelines,

•

the company has opportunities due to changes in reimbursement policies (for example, the privatization of health care services abroad), or

•

the company is a target of opportunity due to industry consolidation.

Stocks will be considered for sale from the Fund when:

•

target prices are achieved,

•

fundamental expectations are not met,

•

a company’s prospects become less appealing, or

•

equity securities of other comparable issuers in an industry are available at more attractive prices.

MidCap Fund

The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in stocks selected by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of mid-capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities. Wellington Management favors companies that it believes are high-quality. The key characteristics of high-quality companies include a leadership position within an industry, a strong balance sheet, a high return on equity, and/or a strong management team.

Wellington Management uses a “bottom-up” investment strategy, which is the use of fundamental analysis to identify specific securities for purchase or sale. Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures and indicators of value.

MidCap Value Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its assets in mid-capitalization companies, focusing on securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, believes are undervalued in the marketplace. The Fund defines mid-capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations within the collective range of the Russell Midcap and S&P MidCap 400 Indices. As of December 31, 2015, this range was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

The Fund’s investment strategy employs a contrarian approach to stock selection. The approach uses extensive research to seek to identify stocks of companies whose fundamentals are not adequately reflected in the market price of their securities.

Valuation techniques are a key component of the Fund’s investment approach. A stock’s value is evaluated on three primary criteria: its issuer’s earnings power, growth potential and price-to-earnings ratio. Stocks are selected whose issuers, in Wellington Management’s opinion, have the most compelling blend of the following attributes:

•

attractive valuation,

•

a strong management team, and

•

strong industry position.

Small Cap Core Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, and may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses a quantitative multifactor approach to bottom-up stock selection, utilizing a broad set of individual fundamental stock characteristics to model each stock’s relative attractiveness, with a focus on those factors that have been demonstrated historically to drive market returns.

The characteristics that Wellington Management considers include factors designed to describe a company’s business, its valuation, investors’ response to the company and the company’s management behavior and earnings quality. The factors used may vary by industry sector. Wellington Management frequently and consistently measures the characteristics of every stock in the eligible universe and incorporates these measurements in a rigorous, repeatable process that considers both volatility and correlations.

Small Cap Growth Fund

The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks of small capitalization companies that the Fund’s sub-adviser, Wellington Management, believes have superior growth potential. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, and may trade securities actively. The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s cash flows are allocated among different portfolio management teams who employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another.

Wellington Management employs what is often called a “bottom-up” approach to select specific securities from a variety of industries. However, in constructing the portfolio, Wellington Management also analyzes and monitors different sources of active risk including stock-specific risk, industry risk and style risk. The goal of this analysis is to ensure that the portfolio remains well-diversified, and does not have unrewarded or unintended industry and style exposure relative to the Fund’s market benchmark as a consequence of bottom-up stock picking. A portion of the Fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of common stocks based on the combined inputs of Wellington Management’s fundamental and quantitative research. Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of valuation and growth potential. In this portion of the Fund, Wellington Management combines its fundamental research with an internally-developed quantitative analytical approach. This quantitative approach evaluates each security, favoring those with attractive valuation, momentum, balance sheet and situations and events factors. Valuation factors capture cheapness. Balance sheet factors analyze the quality of earnings and capital. Momentum factors focus on stocks with favorable earnings and stock price momentum to assess the appropriate time for purchase.

Situations and events factors exploit opportunities arising from idiosyncratic events or transient situations. A portion of the Fund also invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of common stocks based solely on this quantitative approach with selected additional factors.

Small Company Fund

The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Wellington Management, invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, and may trade securities actively. The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s cash flows are allocated among different portfolio management teams that employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another.

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by combining multiple investment strategies into a single fund. The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s assets are allocated among different portfolio management teams (“Sleeves”) that employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another. Each Sleeve uses fundamental analysis to identify companies that Wellington Management believes have substantial potential for capital appreciation. The Sleeves primarily invest in growth oriented stocks, but may invest in value oriented stocks as opportunities arise. Wellington Management looks at a number of factors, such as revenue and earnings growth rate, market position, market trends, management quality, and other related measures of valuation and growth potential. Wellington Management uses a proprietary quantitative screening process for a portion of the Fund’s portfolio that narrows the investment universe to companies that are consistent with the Fund’s investment strategy. As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may invest in private placements.

Value Opportunities Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in equity securities of companies covering a broad range of industries and market capitalizations, focusing on securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, believes are undervalued and have the potential for appreciation. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities.

The Fund’s investment strategy employs a contrarian approach to stock selection, favoring securities that appear to be undervalued in the marketplace. The approach uses extensive research to seek to identify stocks of companies whose fundamentals are not adequately reflected in the market price of their securities.

Valuation techniques are a key component of the Fund’s investment approach. A stock is evaluated on three primary criteria: its price-to-earnings ratio, the issuer’s earnings power, and its growth potential. Stocks are selected whose issuers, in Wellington Management’s opinion, have the most compelling blend of the following attributes:

•

attractive valuation,

•

a strong management team, and

•

strong industry position.

Use of Cash or Money Market Investments

Each Fund may invest some or all of its assets in cash, high quality money market instruments (including, but not limited to U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities) and shares of money market investment companies for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. In addition, each Fund may invest some of its assets in these instruments to maintain liquidity or in response to atypical circumstances such as unusually large cash inflows or redemptions. Under such conditions, a Fund may not invest in accordance with its investment objective or principal investment strategy. As a result, there is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective and it may lose the benefit of market upswings.

Consequences of Portfolio Trading Practices

A Fund may have a relatively high portfolio turnover and may, at times, engage in short-term trading. Such activity could produce higher brokerage expenses for the Fund and higher taxable distributions to the Fund’s shareholders and therefore could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Each Fund is not managed to achieve a particular tax result for shareholders. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisor for individual tax advice.

About Each Fund’s Investment Objective

Each Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board without approval of the shareholders of the Fund. Each Fund’s prospectus will be updated prior to any change in the Fund’s investment objective.

Investment Policies

Each of Core Equity Fund, Equity Income Fund, Healthcare Fund, MidCap Fund, MidCap Value Fund, Small Company Fund, Small Cap Core Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund has a name that suggests a focus on a particular type of investment. In accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each of these Funds has adopted a policy that it will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its assets, which means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments of the type suggested by its name, as set forth in the Fund’s Principal Investment Strategy section. This requirement is applied at the time a Fund invests its assets. If, subsequent

to an investment by a Fund, this requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this requirement. In addition, in appropriate circumstances, synthetic investments may count toward the 80% minimum if they have economic characteristics similar to the other investments included in the basket. A Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in such a manner is not a “fundamental” one, which means that it may be changed without the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares as defined in the 1940 Act. The name of a Fund may be changed at any time by a vote of the Fund’s Board of Directors. Shareholders will be given written notice at least 60 days prior to any change by a Fund of its 80% investment policy covered by Rule 35d-1.

Additional Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund may invest in various securities and engage in various investment techniques that are not the principal focus of the Fund and, therefore, are not described in this prospectus. These securities and techniques, together with their risks, are discussed in the Funds’ Combined Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), which may be obtained free of charge by contacting the Fund (see back cover for address, phone number and website address).

More Information About Risks

The principal and additional risks of investing in each Fund are described below. When you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you paid for them, which means that you could lose money as a result of your investment. Many factors affect each Fund’s performance. An investment in a Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. There is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective, and you should not consider any one fund alone to be a complete investment program. The different types of securities, investments, and investment techniques used by each Fund have varying degrees of risk. The SAI contains more detailed information about the Funds’ investment policies and risks.

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

Capital
Appreciation
Fund

Core Equity
Fund

Dividend and
Growth Fund

Equity Income
Fund

Growth
Opportunities
Fund

Healthcare
Fund

Active Trading Risk

✓

—

✓

—

Asset Allocation Risk

✓

—

Counterparty Risk

•

—

—-

Currency Risk

•

✓

Depositary Receipts Risk

•

—

Derivatives Risk

•

Forward Currency Contracts Risk

•

—

Futures and Options Risk

•

—

Hedging Risk

•

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk

—

✓

—

Equity Risk

✓

Mid Cap Securities Risk

✓

—

✓

—

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk

—

•

—

✓

Small Cap Securities Risk

•

—

•

—

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) Risk

•

Foreign Investments Risk

✓

Emerging Markets Risk

✓

•

✓

Growth Investing Style Risk

—

✓

—

Healthcare-Related Securities Risk

—

✓

Illiquid Investments Risk

•

Industry Concentration Risk

—

✓

Investment Strategy Risk

✓

Large Shareholder Transaction Risk

•

Market Risk

✓

Other Investment Companies Risk

•

Private Placement Risk

•

—

•

—

Quantitative Investing Risk

—

✓

—

Restricted Securities Risk

•

Use as Underlying Fund Risk

•

Value Investing Style Risk

—

✓

—

Volatility Risk

—

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

MidCap Fund

MidCap Value
Fund

Small Cap Core
Fund

Small Cap
Growth Fund

Small
Company Fund

Value
Opportunities
Fund

Active Trading Risk

—

✓

—

✓

—

Asset Allocation Risk

—

✓

—

Counterparty Risk

—

Currency Risk

•

—

✓

Depositary Receipts Risk

—

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Forward Currency Contracts Risk

—

Futures and Options Risk

—

Hedging Risk

•

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk

—

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

MidCap Fund

MidCap Value
Fund

Small Cap Core
Fund

Small Cap
Growth Fund

Small
Company Fund

Value
Opportunities
Fund

Equity Risk

✓

Mid Cap Securities Risk

✓

—

•

—

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk

—

✓

Small Cap Securities Risk

•

✓

—

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) Risk

•

Event Risk

—

Foreign Investments Risk

✓

Emerging Markets Risk

•

Growth Investing Style Risk

—

✓

—

Healthcare-Related Securities Risk

—

Illiquid Investments Risk

•

Industry Concentration Risk

—

Investment Strategy Risk

✓

Large Shareholder Transaction Risk

•

Market Risk

✓

Other Investment Companies Risk

•

Private Placement Risk

—

•

—

Quantitative Investing Risk

—

✓

•

—

Restricted Securities Risk

•

Use as Underlying Fund Risk

•

Value Investing Style Risk

—

✓

—

✓

Volatility Risk

—

✓

—

Active Trading Risk − Active trading could increase the Fund’s transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may also adversely affect Fund performance.

Asset Allocation Risk − A Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal depends upon the investment manager’s skill in determining the Fund’s broad asset allocation mix and selecting underlying investments. If a Fund’s strategy for allocating assets among different asset classes and investments does not work as intended, the Fund may not achieve its objective or may underperform other funds with similar investment strategies. Certain Funds employ a multiple portfolio manager structure and combine different strategies into a single fund. The investment styles employed by the portfolio managers of these Funds may not be complementary, which could adversely affect the performance of such Funds.

Counterparty Risk − The risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter derivatives contract or a borrower of a Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise to honor its obligations. The protections available to a Fund in exchange traded derivatives may not be available for over-the-counter transactions.

Currency Risk − The risk that the value of a Fund’s investments in foreign securities or currencies will be affected by the value of the applicable currency relative to the U.S. dollar. When a Fund sells a foreign currency or foreign currency denominated security, its value may be worth less in U.S. dollars even if the investment increases in value in its local market. U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers may also be affected by currency risk, as the revenue earned by issuers of these securities may also be affected by changes in the issuer’s local currency. Currency markets generally are not as regulated as securities markets. The dollar value of foreign investments may be affected by exchange controls. A Fund may be positively or negatively affected by governmental strategies intended to make the U.S. dollar, or other currencies in which the Fund invests, stronger or weaker. Currency risk may be particularly high to the extent that a Fund invests in foreign securities or currencies that are economically tied to emerging market countries.

unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose information that is, in the United States, considered material. Therefore, there may be less information available regarding their issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Certain Funds may also invest in Global Depositary Notes (“GDNs”), a form of depositary receipt. GDNs emulate the terms (interest rate, maturity date, credit quality, etc.) of particular local bonds; however, they trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. Dollars. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary and holders of GDNs may have limited rights. Certain investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert bonds into GDNs and vice versa.

Derivatives Risk − A Fund may use derivatives for investment purposes and/or for hedging purposes, including anticipatory hedges. Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Successful use of derivative instruments by a Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and a Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. Derivatives may involve significant risks, including:

•

Counterparty/Credit Risk - The risk that the party on the other side of the transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to a Fund.

•

Currency Risk - The risk that changes in the exchange rate between currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

•

Leverage Risk - The risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.

•

Liquidity Risk - The risk that certain investments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth, which could expose a Fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for a Fund to value accurately.

•

Index Risk - If the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, a Fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below what the Fund paid. Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index), may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index. For this reason, a Fund’s investment in these instruments may decline significantly in value if index levels move in a way that is not anticipated.

•

Regulatory Risk - Government legislation or regulation may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the use, value or performance of derivatives.

•

Tax Risk - The tax treatment of a derivative may not be as favorable as a direct investment in the underlying asset. The use of derivatives may adversely affect the timing, character and amount of income a Fund realizes from its investments, and could impair the ability of the sub-adviser to use derivatives when it wishes to do so.

•

Short Position Risk - A Fund may also take a short position in a derivative instrument, such as a future, forward or swap. A short position in a derivative instrument involves the risk of a theoretically unlimited increase in the value of the underlying instrument which could cause a Fund to suffer a (potentially unlimited) loss.

Certain Funds may invest a significant portion of their assets in derivative instruments. If a Fund does, the Fund’s exposure could far exceed the value of its portfolio securities and its investment performance could be primarily dependent upon securities it does not own.

Forward Currency Contracts Risk A forward currency contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a currency at a set price on a future date. A Fund may enter into forward currency contracts in connection with settling purchases or sales of securities, to hedge the currency exposure associated with some or all of the Fund’s investments or as part of its investment strategy. The market value of a forward currency contract fluctuates with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of foreign securities but allow a Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. Forward currency contracts involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted, which could result in losses on those contracts and additional transaction costs. Use of such contracts, therefore, can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain. A Fund could also lose money when the contract is settled. Gains from foreign currency contracts are typically taxable as ordinary income and may significantly increase an investor’s tax liability.

Futures and Options Risks An option is an agreement that, for a premium payment or fee, gives the the purchaser the right but not the obligation to buy or sell the underlying asset at a specified price during a period of time or on a specified date. A future is a contract that obligates the purchaser to take delivery, and the seller to make delivery, of a specific amount of an asset at a specified future date at a specified price. Futures and options are subject to the risk that the sub-adviser may incorrectly predict the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors that may affect the value of the underlying asset. Futures and options may be more volatile than direct investments in the securities underlying the futures and options and may not correlate perfectly to the underlying securities. Futures and options also involve additional expenses as compared to investing directly in the underlying securities, which could reduce any benefit or increase any loss to a Fund from using the strategy. Futures and options may also involve the use of leverage as a Fund may make a small initial investment relative to the risk assumed, which could result in losses greater than if futures or options had not been used. Futures and options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. When futures or options are purchased over-the-counter, a Fund bears the risk that the counter-party that wrote the future or option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the contract. Such futures and options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, a Fund may have difficulty closing out its position or valuing the contract.

Hedging Risk Hedging is a strategy in which a Fund uses a derivative to offset the risks associated with other Fund holdings. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by a Fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by a Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced and may be increased. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging strategy will reduce risk or that hedging transactions will be either available or cost effective. A Fund is not required to use hedging and may choose not to do so.

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk − Income provided by a Fund may be affected by changes in the dividend policies of the companies in which the Fund invests and the capital resources available for such payments at such companies. Issuers that have paid regular dividends or distributions to shareholders may not continue to do so at the same level or at all in the future. In addition, securities that pay dividends as a group can fall out of favor with the market, causing a Fund during such periods to underperform funds that do not focus on dividend-paying companies. A Fund’s focus on dividend paying investments may cause the Fund’s share price and total return to fluctuate more than the share price and total return of funds that do not focus their investments on dividend paying securities.

Equity Risk − Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in a company. Equity securities include but are not limited to common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common or preferred stock and warrants or rights to acquire common stock, including options. The value of an equity security may be based on the real or perceived success or failure of the particular company’s business, any income paid to stockholders in the form of a dividend, the value of the company’s assets, general market conditions, or investor sentiment generally. Equity securities may have greater price volatility than other types of investments. These risks are generally magnified in the case of equity investments in distressed companies.

Mid Cap Securities Risk Mid capitalization stocks involve greater risks than stocks of larger, more established companies and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable a Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. These companies often have narrower markets, more limited operating or business history, and more limited managerial or financial resources than larger, more established companies. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk The securities of small capitalization and mid capitalization companies involve greater risks than stocks of larger, more established companies and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable a Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. Both mid-cap and small-cap companies often have narrower markets and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. It is often more difficult to obtain information on smaller companies, which tend to be less well known, have shorter operating histories, do not have significant ownership by large investors and are followed by relatively few securities analysts. As a result, the performance of such stocks can be more volatile, especially in the short term, and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.

Small Cap Securities Risk Small capitalization stocks may be more risky than stocks of larger capitalization companies. Historically, small capitalization stocks and stocks of recently organized companies are subject to increased price volatility due to:

•

less certain growth prospects;

•

lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such stocks;

•

thin trading that could result in the stocks being sold at a discount or in small lots over an extended period of time;

•

limited product lines, markets or financial resources;

•

dependence on a few key management personnel;

•

increased sensitivity to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings;

•

difficulty in obtaining information on smaller capitalization companies as compared with larger capitalization companies;

•

greater sensitivity to changing economic conditions and increased risk of bankruptcy due to adverse developments or management changes affecting the company; and

•

greater difficulty borrowing money to continue or expand operations.

When a Fund invests in smaller company stocks that might trade infrequently, investors might seek to trade Fund shares based on their knowledge or understanding of the value of those securities (this is sometimes referred to as “price arbitrage”). If such price arbitrage were successful, it might interfere with the efficient management of a Fund’s portfolio and the Fund may be required to sell securities at disadvantageous times or prices to satisfy the liquidity requirements created by that activity. Successful price arbitrage might also dilute the value of Fund shares held by other shareholders.

ETF Risk and ETN Risk − An investment in an exchange traded fund (“ETF”) generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a fund that is not exchange-traded that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies as the ETF. ETF investments are also subject to the risk that the ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; the risk that, to the extent the ETF does not fully replicate the underlying index, the ETF’s investment strategy may not produce the intended results; the risk of more frequent price fluctuations due to secondary market trading, which may result in a loss to a Fund; the risk that the ETF may trade at a price that is lower than its NAV; and the risk that an active market for the ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained. ETFs are also subject to specific risks depending on the nature of the ETF, such as liquidity risk, sector risk, and foreign and emerging market risk, as well as risks associated with fixed income securities, real estate investments and commodities. An investment in an ETF presents the risk that the ETF may no longer meet the listing requirements of any applicable exchanges on which the ETF is listed. A Fund will indirectly pay a proportional share of the asset-based fees of the ETFs in which the Fund invests. In addition, a Fund pays brokerage commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of ETFs.

Exchange traded notes (“ETNs”) are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security that have characteristics and risks similar to those of fixed-income securities, including credit risk, and trade on a major exchange similar to shares of ETFs. Unlike other types of fixed income securities, however, the performance of ETNs is based upon that of a market index or other reference asset minus fees and expenses, no coupon payments are made and no principal protection exists. The value of an ETN may be affected by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities or securities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity or security. A Fund’s ability to sell its ETN holdings also may be limited by the availability of a secondary market and the Fund may have to sell such holdings at a discount. ETNs also are subject to counterparty credit risk, fixed-income risk and tracking error risk (where the ETN’s performance may not match or correlate to that of its market index). ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable index.

Foreign Investments Risk − Investments in foreign securities may be riskier than investments in U.S. securities and may also be less liquid and more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign investments may be affected by the following:

•

changes in currency exchange rates

•

changes in foreign or U.S. law or restrictions applicable to such investments and in exchange control regulations

•

increased volatility

•

substantially less volume on foreign stock markets and other securities markets

•

higher commissions and dealer mark-ups

•

inefficiencies in certain foreign clearance and settlement procedures that could result in an inability to execute transactions or delays in settlement

•

less uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards

•

less publicly available information about a foreign issuer or borrower

•

less government regulation

•

unfavorable foreign tax laws

•

political, social, economic or diplomatic developments in a foreign country or region

•

differences in individual foreign economies

•

geopolitical events may disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets

•

Governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth. In addition, global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region.

Emerging Markets Risk − The risks of foreign investments are usually greater for emerging markets. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative. Emerging markets are those markets included in emerging market or equivalent classifications by the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the United Nations (and its agencies) or markets a Fund’s benchmark index provider designates as emerging. Emerging countries are generally located in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, Eastern and Central Europe and Central and South America. Emerging markets are riskier than more developed markets because they tend to develop unevenly and may never fully develop. They are more likely to experience hyperinflation and currency devaluations, which adversely affect returns to U.S. investors. In addition, many emerging markets have far lower trading volumes and less liquidity than developed markets. Since these markets are often small, they may be more likely to suffer sharp and frequent price changes or long-term price depression because of adverse publicity, investor perceptions or the actions of a few large investors. In addition, traditional measures of investment value used in the United States, such as price to earnings ratios, may not apply to certain small markets. Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. Many emerging markets have histories of political instability and abrupt changes in policies. As a result, their governments are more likely to take actions that are hostile or detrimental to private enterprise or foreign investment than those of more developed countries, including expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market. Some countries have pervasive corruption and crime that may hinder investments. Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war, and ethnic, religious and racial conflicts. In addition, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth. Emerging markets may also have differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments. Settlements of trades in emerging markets may be subject to significant delays. The inability to make intended purchases of securities due to settlement problems could cause missed investment opportunities. Losses could also be caused by an inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems. Sometimes, emerging markets may lack or be in the relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

The risks outlined above are often more pronounced in “frontier markets” in which a Fund may invest. Frontier markets are those emerging markets that are considered to be among the smallest, least mature and least liquid. These factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than investing in other countries.

Growth Investing Style Risk − Growth companies are companies whose earnings and stock prices are expected to grow at a faster rate than the overall market. If the portfolio manager incorrectly assesses a company’s prospects for growth or how other investors will value the company’s growth, then the price of the company’s stock may decrease, or may not increase to the level anticipated by the portfolio manager. Growth companies are often newer or smaller companies, or established companies that may be entering a growth cycle in their business. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investors’ perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Also, the growth investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the growth investing style is out of favor, a Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Healthcare-Related Securities Risk − Many healthcare-related companies are smaller and less seasoned than companies in other sectors. Healthcare-related companies may also be strongly affected by scientific or technological developments and their products may quickly become obsolete. Many healthcare companies are heavily dependent on patent protection and the actual or perceived safety and efficiency of their products. The expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Many healthcare companies are subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims, many healthcare-related companies offer products and services that are subject to governmental regulation and may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies or laws. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted in 2010 and the long-term impact of this legislation or of other healthcare-related proposals might be proposed or enacted in the future on healthcare-related companies cannot be accurately predicted.

Illiquid Investments Risk − Illiquid investments are investments that a Fund cannot sell within seven days at approximately current value. In addition, securities and other investments purchased by a Fund that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer of the securities, market events, rising interest rates, economic conditions or investor perceptions. If a Fund holds illiquid investments it may be unable to quickly sell them or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value. If one or more of a Fund’s investments becomes illiquid, the Fund may exceed its limit on such investments. In this case, the Fund will consider appropriate steps to bring the Fund’s holdings back under the limit.

Industry Concentration Risk − Because a Fund’s investments are often focused in a specific industry or group of industries, the Fund is subject to the risk that (1) its performance will be closely tied to the performance of those particular industries; (2) its performance will be adversely impacted when such industries experience a downturn; and (3) it will perform poorly during a slump in demand for securities of companies in such industries. As a result, the Fund may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse developments than a fund that invests more widely.

Investment Strategy Risk − The risk that, if the portfolio managers' investment decisions and strategy does not perform as expected, a Fund could underperform its peers or lose money. A Fund’s performance depends on the portfolio managers’ judgment about a variety of factors, such as markets, interest rates and/or the attractiveness, relative value, liquidity, or potential appreciation of particular investments made for the Fund’s portfolio. The portfolio managers’ investment models may not adequately take into account certain factors, may perform differently than anticipated and may result in a Fund having a lower return than if the portfolio managers used another model or investment strategy. There is no guarantee that the strategy used by a Fund will allow the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Large Shareholder Transaction Risk − A Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Fund to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) and liquidity. Similarly, large Fund share purchases may adversely affect a Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. These transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, a large redemption could result in a Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.

Market Risk − Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which a Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities or other investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or individual issuers. The value of a security or other investment may change in value due to general market conditions that are not related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for revenues or corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. The value of a security or other investment may also change in value due to factors that affect an individual issuer or a particular sector or industry. During a general downturn in the securities or other markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. When markets perform well, there can be no assurance that securities or other investments held by a Fund will participate in or otherwise benefit from the advance. Any market disruptions, including those arising out of geopolitical events or natural/environmental disasters, could also prevent a Fund from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner. Although a Fund generally seeks to reduce the risks related to the equity and fixed income markets, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will be successful and the Fund is still exposed to overall market risk.

Other Investment Companies Risk − Investments in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs, are generally subject to limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. Such investments subject a Fund to the risks that apply to the other investment company and may increase a Fund’s expenses to the extent it pays fees charged by the other investment company.

Private Placement Risk − Investments in private placements are generally considered to be illiquid. Privately placed securities may be difficult to sell promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby cause a Fund difficulty in satisfying redemption requests. In addition, less information may be available about companies that make private placements than about publicly offered companies and such companies may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. Privately placed securities are typically fair valued and generally have no secondary trading market; therefore, such investments may be more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. Difficulty in valuing a private placement may make it difficult to accurately determine a Fund’s exposure to private placement investments, which could cause the Fund to invest to a greater extent than permitted in illiquid investments and subject the Fund to increased risks. Private placement investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in substantial losses. These factors may have a negative effect on a Fund’s performance.

Quantitative Investing Risk − The value of securities or other investments selected using quantitative analysis may perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance for many reasons, including, but not limited to, factors used in building the quantitative analytical framework, the weights placed on each factor, the accuracy of historical data supplied by third parties, and changing sources of market returns. The models used may be predictive in nature and such models may result in an incorrect assessment of future events. There may also be technical issues with the construction and implementation of quantitative models (for example, software or other technology malfunctions, or programming inaccuracies). The use of quantitative analysis to support investment decisions may cause a Fund to underperform other funds that have similar investment strategies or that select securities or other investments using other types of analysis. In addition, considerations that affect a security’s or other investment's value can change over time and these changes may not be reflected in the quantitative model. There can be no assurance that quantitative investing will help a Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Restricted Securities Risk − Restricted securities are securities that cannot be offered for public resale unless registered under the applicable securities laws or that have a contractual restriction that prohibits or limits their resale. Restricted securities include private placement securities that have not been registered under the applicable securities laws, such as Rule 144A securities, and securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued pursuant to Regulation S. Restricted securities may not be listed on an exchange and may have no active trading market. Restricted securities may be illiquid. A Fund may be unable to sell them on short notice or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value. Also, a Fund may get only limited information about the issuer of a restricted security, so it may be less able to predict a loss. In addition, if Fund management receives material non-public information about the issuer, a Fund may as a result be unable to sell the securities. Certain restricted securities may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in substantial losses.

Use as Underlying Fund Risk − A Fund may be an investment (an “Underlying Fund”) of one or more fund of funds. The term “fund of funds” refers to a mutual fund that pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in other mutual funds.

Risks Related to the Fund of Funds Structure for Underlying Funds:

•

A fund-of-funds structure could increase or decrease gains and could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions you receive from a Fund for investments you make directly in the Fund.

•

A Fund, as an Underlying Fund, may experience relatively large redemptions or investments as the fund of funds periodically reallocates or rebalances its assets. These transactions may cause the Fund to sell securities to meet such redemptions, or to invest in cash, at times it would not otherwise do so, and may as a result increase transaction costs and adversely affect Fund performance.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Value investing seeks to identify companies that are priced below their intrinsic or prospective worth. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. A value stock may decrease in price or may not increase in price as anticipated by the sub-adviser if it continues to be undervalued by the market or the factors that the sub-adviser believes will cause the stock price to increase do not occur. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, a Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Each Fund will publicly disclose its complete month-end portfolio holdings, excepting certain de minimis or short-term investments, on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com no earlier than 25 calendar days after the end of each month. Each Fund also will publicly disclose on its web site the largest ten holdings in which it invests (and the percentage invested in each) no earlier than 15 calendar days after the end of each month. A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ SAI.

The Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser

The Investment Manager

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC is the investment manager to each Fund. The Investment Manager is an indirect subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“The Hartford”), a Connecticut-based financial services company. Excluding affiliated funds of funds, as of December 31, 2015, the Investment Manager had approximately $[____] billion (or $[____] billion additionally excluding certain annuity products) in discretionary and non-discretionary assets under management. The Investment Manager is responsible for the management of the Funds and supervises the activities of the investment sub-adviser described below. The Investment Manager is principally located at 5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 300, 100 Matsonford Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.

The Investment Manager relies on an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for each Fund under which it uses a “Manager of Managers” structure. The Investment Manager has responsibility, subject to oversight by the respective Board of Directors, to oversee the sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The exemptive order permits the Investment Manager to appoint a sub-adviser not affiliated with the Investment Manager with the approval of the respective Board of Directors and without obtaining approval from the respective Fund’s shareholders (the “Order”). Within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser, the respective Fund’s shareholders will receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship.

In addition, the Investment Manager and the Funds have applied for a new exemptive order from the SEC (the “New Order”), which would expand the relief provided under the Order and would permit the Investment Manager, on behalf of a Fund and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, to hire or terminate, and to modify any existing or future sub-advisory agreement with sub-advisers that are not affiliated with the Investment Manager (the “Current Relief”) as well as sub-advisers that are indirect or direct, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Investment Manager or of another company that, indirectly or directly wholly owns the Investment Manager (the “Expanded Relief”). As with the Order, the New Order would require the respective Fund’s shareholders to receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser. There can be no guarantee that the SEC will grant the New Order. If granted, a Fund and the Investment Manager would not be entitled to rely on the Expanded Relief without first obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders are being asked to approve the New Order prospectively at a shareholder meeting expected to be held in March 2016. If the New Order is not approved by shareholders of a Fund, the Fund and the Investment Manager will continue to rely on the Current Relief.

The Investment Sub-Adviser

Wellington Management serves as each Fund’s sub-adviser and provides day-to-day management for each Fund. Wellington Management is a Delaware limited liability partnership with principal offices at 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. Wellington Management is a professional investment counseling firm that provides investment services to investment companies, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations, and other institutions. Wellington Management and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 80 years. Wellington Management is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group, LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership. As of December 31, 2015, Wellington Management had investment management authority with respect to approximately $[____] billion in assets.

Portfolio Managers

The portfolio managers for each Fund are set forth below. The Funds’ SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds they manage.

Capital Appreciation Fund

Kent M. Stahl, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2013. Mr. Stahl joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998. In Mr. Stahl’s portion of the portfolio, he utilizes his multi-manager approach to capital appreciation.

Gregg R. Thomas, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Investment Strategy and Risk of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2013 and is involved in overseeing the allocation of assets among the Fund’s broad strategies and corresponding portfolio approaches. Mr. Thomas joined Wellington Management in 2001 and has been an investment professional since 2004.

Saul J. Pannell, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since its inception in 1996. Mr. Pannell joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1974.

Frank D. Catrickes, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since 1998. Mr. Catrickes joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Core Equity Fund

Mammen Chally, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2010 and has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 1998. Mr. Chally joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

Dividend and Growth Fund

Edward P. Bousa, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2001 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2000. Mr. Bousa joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2000.

Donald J. Kilbride, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2002. Mr. Kilbride joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2002.

Matthew G. Baker, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2004. Mr. Baker joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2004.

Equity Income Fund

W. Michael Reckmeyer, III, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as a portfolio manager for the Fund since 2007 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Mr. Reckmeyer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

Karen H. Grimes, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2007 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Ms. Grimes joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1995.

Ian R. Link, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager affiliated with Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2007 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2006. Mr. Link joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2006.

Growth Opportunities Fund

Michael T. Carmen, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2001. Mr. Carmen joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1999.

Mario E. Abularach, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2001. Mr. Abularach joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2001.

Stephen Mortimer, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Mr. Mortimer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2001.

Healthcare Fund

Jean M. Hynes, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2000 focused primarily on the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors. Ms. Hynes joined Wellington Management in 1991 and has been an investment professional since 1993.

Ann C. Gallo, Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2000 focused primarily on the healthcare services sector. Ms. Gallo joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Kirk J. Mayer, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2000 focused primarily on the medical technology sectors. Mr. Mayer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Robert L. Deresiewicz, Senior Managing Director and Global Industry Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2004 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2000 focused primarily on the biotechnology sector. Dr. Deresiewicz joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2000.

MidCap Fund

Philip W. Ruedi, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2011. Mr. Ruedi has also been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and for other clients of the firm for at least the past five years. Mr. Ruedi has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2004. Mr. Ruedi joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2004.

Mark A. Whitaker, CFA, Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and for other clients of the firm for at least the past five years. Mr. Whitaker has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2004. Mr. Whitaker joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2004.

MidCap Value Fund

James N. Mordy, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since its inception in 2001. Mr. Mordy joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1985.

Small Cap Core Fund

David J. Elliott, CFA, Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investments, Director of Quantitative Portfolio Management and Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager of the Fund since 2012. Mr. Elliott joined Wellington Management in 1995 and has been an investment professional since 1999.

Small Cap Growth Fund

The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s assets are allocated among different portfolio management teams (“Sleeves”) that employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another. Mammen Chally, CFA and David J. Elliott, CFA serve as the Fund’s portfolio managers and select and oversee the portfolio management teams for each Sleeve. The Sleeves are managed independently of each other and each portfolio management team has full discretion to manage its Sleeve. Allocations to a portfolio management team may change at any time based on market conditions and/or Fund performance.

The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below.

Mammen Chally, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2009. Mr. Chally joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

David J. Elliott, CFA, Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investment Management and Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since July 2010 and previously served as portfolio manager for the Fund from 2001 to May 2010. Mr. Elliott joined Wellington Management in 1995 and has been an investment professional since 1999.

Small Company Fund

The Fund employs a multi-portfolio manager structure whereby portions of the Fund’s assets are allocated among different Sleeves that employ distinct investment styles intended to complement one another. Steven C. Angeli, CFA, Stephen Mortimer, Mario E. Abularach, CFA, Mammen Chally, CFA and Jamie A. Rome, CFA serve as the Fund’s portfolio managers and select and oversee the portfolio management teams for each Sleeve. The Sleeves are managed independently of each other and each portfolio management team has full discretion to manage its Sleeve. Allocations to a portfolio management team may change at any time based on market conditions and/or Fund performance. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below.

Steven C. Angeli, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2000 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 1999. Mr. Angeli joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

Stephen Mortimer, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Mr. Mortimer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2001.

Mario E. Abularach, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Mr. Abularach joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2001.

Mammen Chally, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2010. Mr. Chally joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

Jamie A. Rome, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2010. Mr. Rome joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

Value Opportunities Fund

David W. Palmer, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2008. Mr. Palmer has also been involved in portfolio management of the Fund since 2005. Mr. Palmer has also been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2003. Mr. Palmer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

James N. Mordy, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2001. Mr. Mordy joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1985.

MANAGEMENT FEE. Each Fund pays a monthly management fee to the Investment Manager as set forth in its investment advisory agreement at an annual rate based on the Fund’s average daily net asset value. The Investment Manager pays a sub-advisory fee to Wellington Management out of its advisory fee. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, each Fund paid the Investment Manager the following effective management fee as a percentage of average daily net assets:

Fund	Effective Management Fee
Capital Appreciation Fund		[____]%
Core Equity Fund		[____]%
Dividend and Growth Fund		[____]%
Equity Income Fund		[____]%
Growth Opportunities Fund		[____]%
Healthcare Fund		[____]%
MidCap Fund		[____]%
MidCap Value Fund		[____]%
Small Cap Core Fund		[____]%
Small Cap Growth Fund		[____]%
Small Company Fund		[____]%
Value Opportunities Fund		[____]%

Manager and the Funds’ sub-adviser, is available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015.

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. Each Fund will indirectly bear a pro rata share of fees and expenses incurred by any investment companies in which the Fund is invested. Each Fund’s pro rata portion of the cumulative expenses charged by the investment companies is calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets. The pro rata portion of the cumulative expenses may be higher or lower depending on the allocation of a Fund’s assets among the investment companies and the actual expenses of the investment companies.

Classes of Shares

Each Fund offers the following classes of shares:

Fund

Class A

Class B (1)

Class C

Class I

Class R3

Class R4

Class R5

Class R6

Class Y

Capital
Appreciation Fund

✓

Core Equity Fund

✓

Dividend and
Growth Fund

✓

Equity Income
Fund

✓

Growth
Opportunities
Fund

✓

Healthcare Fund

✓

MidCap Fund

✓

MidCap Value
Fund

✓

Small Cap Core
Fund

✓

Small Cap Growth
Fund (2)

✓

Small Company
Fund

✓

Value
Opportunities
Fund

✓

(1)

Class B shares were closed to new investments as of September 30, 2009 and are no longer available for purchase except through reinvestment of dividends or by exchange for Class B shares of another Hartford Fund.

(2)

The Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares are allowed, other than as described in the section entitled “Summary Sections – The Hartford Small Cap Growth Fund-Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares.” Investors should contact their financial professional to determine whether they are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund. If you believe you are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund, you may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility. The Fund reserves the right to: (i) reject any purchase order if it believes that acceptance of such order would interfere with its ability to be effectively managed; (ii) reopen to new investors at a future date; and (iii) make additional exceptions, limit the above exceptions, or otherwise modify the foregoing closure policy for any reason. You may obtain additional information by calling Hartford Funds at: 1-888-843-7824.

Investor Requirements.

This section describes investor requirements for each class of shares offered by the Funds. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, modify or waive the eligibility requirements for purchases of any class of its shares.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are generally available for purchase by all investors other than retirement plans, except as described below.

Purchases of Class A shares by certain retirement plans are permitted under the following circumstances:

•

shares through a group variable funding agreement issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company; or (c) a retirement plan for which Hartford Life Insurance Company or an affiliate acts as plan administrator. These types of retirement plans may purchase Class A shares at net asset value without a sales charge; and

•

If the plan is an employer sponsored retirement plan held directly at a broker-dealer (that is, outside of a retirement plan recordkeeping platform or third party administrator). Such retirement plans may purchase Class A shares, subject to all applicable sales charges as described in this prospectus.

Employer sponsored retirement plans are also eligible to purchase Class R shares, as described below.

Class B Shares. Effective at the close of business on September 30, 2009 (the “Close Date”), no new or additional investments are allowed in Class B shares of the Funds (including investments through any systematic investment plan). Shareholders of Class B shares as of the Close Date may continue to hold their Class B shares, exchange their Class B shares for Class B shares of another Hartford Fund (as permitted by existing exchange privileges), and redeem their Class B shares as described in this prospectus. Reinstatement privileges with respect to Class B shares are as described under “Reinstatement Privilege.” If you have chosen to reinvest capital gains and dividends, any such capital gains or dividends on Class B shares will continue to be reinvested in Class B shares of the Fund. For Class B shares outstanding as of the Close Date, all Class B share attributes, including the 12b-1 fee, contingent deferred sales charge schedule, and conversion to Class A shares remain unchanged.

Class B shareholders who wish to make additional investments in a Fund are permitted to invest in other classes of the Fund, subject to the pricing, fee schedule and eligibility requirements of those classes. For direct (non-broker-controlled) accounts, new investments in Class B shares made after the Close Date will be redirected to Class A shares at the appropriate sales charge. Investments in Class B shares made through any systematic investment plan in effect after the Close Date will automatically be redirected to Class A shares. Shareholders wishing to make changes to their systematic investment plan may do so by accessing their account at www.hartfordfunds.com or by calling 1-888-843-7824. For broker-controlled accounts, new investments in Class B shares will not be accepted, and you should contact your financial advisor to make appropriate adjustments to any systematic investment plan in effect with respect to closed Class B shares.

Please contact your financial advisor or 1-888-843-7824 with any questions.

Class C Shares. Class C shares are generally available for purchase by all investors other than retirement plans.

Class I Shares. Class I shares are only offered:

•

through advisory fee-based wrap programs sponsored by financial intermediaries, such as brokerage firms, investment advisers, financial planners, third-party administrators, insurance companies, and any other institutions that have a selling, administration or any similar agreement with the Distributor, whose use of Class I shares will depend on the structure of the particular advisory fee-based wrap program, and

•

to current or retired officers, directors and employees (and their family members, as defined below under “Accumulation Privilege”) of the Funds, The Hartford, the sub-advisers to the Funds, Hartford Administrative Services Company, and their affiliates.

These eligible investors may purchase Class I shares, which are offered at net asset value without any sales charge or any distribution or service fee. Ineligible investors who select Class I shares will be issued Class A shares. Class A shares are subject to a front-end sales charge (unless an investor qualifies for the waiver of the Class A front-end sales charge) and a distribution and service fee.

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 Shares. Class R3, R4, R5 and R6 shares are available only to 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, nonqualified deferred compensation plans and 529 college savings plans. Class R3, R4, R5 and R6 shares generally are available only to retirement plans where plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund; however, the Fund reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive this requirement. Class R3, R4, R5 and R6 shares are not available to retail non-retirement accounts, Traditional and Roth Individual Retirement accounts (IRAs), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs and individual 403(b) plans.

Class Y Shares. Class Y shares are available only to certain eligible investors, as set forth below.

•

Class Y shares are offered to institutional investors, which include, but are not limited to:

•

Certain qualified employee benefit plans and other retirement savings plans

•

Non-profit organizations, charitable trusts, foundations and endowments

•

Accounts registered to bank trust departments, trust companies, registered investment advisers and investment companies that trade through an omnibus or similar account with a Fund

•

Class Y shares are not available to individual investors, unless such investors purchased their shares prior to March 1, 2008 and wish to add to their existing account. Class Y shares are also not available to retail, advisory fee-based wrap programs or to adviser-sold donor-advised funds.

•

Class Y shares are only available to those institutional investors that have invested or agree to invest at least $250,000 in Hartford Funds. This investment minimum does not apply to qualified employee benefit plans and other retirement savings plans, foundations and endowments or to certain omnibus trades received through registered investment advisers.

Choosing a Share Class

Each share class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best meets your needs. For actual past expenses of each share class, see the information for each Fund earlier in this prospectus. When you choose your class of shares, you should consider a number of factors, including the size of your investment and how long you plan to hold your shares, the expenses borne by each class, any front-end sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) applicable to a class and whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges, and the availability of the share class for purchase by you. Certain classes have higher expenses than other classes, which may lower the return on your investment when compared to a less expensive class. Your financial intermediary can help you decide.

In making your decision regarding which share class may be best for you to invest in, please keep in mind that your financial intermediary or plan administrator may receive different compensation depending on the share class you buy and different share classes may offer you different services. You should consult with your financial intermediary about the comparative pricing and features of each share class, the services available for shareholders in each share class, the compensation that your financial intermediary will receive in connection with each share class and other factors that may affect your decision about the best share class to buy.

Class R3, Class R4, and Class R5 pay an administrative services fee for third party recordkeeping services. Each class, except Class I, Class R5, Class R6 and Class Y, has adopted a Rule 12b-1 plan that allows that class to pay distribution and service fees for the sale and distribution of its shares and for providing services to shareholders. Because these fees are paid out of each Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Front End

Sales Charge

Deferred Sales Charge
(Load)

Distribution and Services
(12b-1) Fees(1)

Administrative
Fee(1)

Class A

Described under the
subheading “How Sales
Charges are Calculated”

0.25%

None

Class B (2)

None

Described under the
subheading “How Sales
Charges are Calculated”

1.00%

None

Class C (3)

None

1.00% on shares sold
within one year of
purchase

1.00%

None

Class I

None

Class R3

None

0.50%

0.20%

Class R4

None

0.25%

0.15%

Class R5

None

0.10%

Class R6

None

Class Y

None

(1)

As a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets.

(2)

Automatic conversion to Class A shares after eight years, thus reducing future annual expenses.

(3)

No automatic conversion to Class A shares, so annual expenses continue at the Class C level throughout the life of your investment.

How Sales Charges Are Calculated

Class A Shares. Class A shares pay sales charges and commissions to dealers for each Fund as follows. The offering price includes the front-end sales charge.

Your Investment	As a % of Offering Price		As a % of Net Investment		Dealer Commission – As Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $50,000		5.50%		5.82%		4.75%
$50,000 – $99,999		4.50%		4.71%		4.00%
$100,000 – $249,999		3.50%		3.63%		3.00%
$250,000 – $499,999		2.50%		2.56%		2.00%
$500,000 – $999,999		2.00%		2.04%		1.75%
$1 million or more(1)		0%		0%		0%

(1)

Investments of $1 million or more in Class A shares may be made with no front-end sales charge. However, if you qualify to purchase your Class A shares without any sales charge and you redeem those shares within 18 months of the purchase, you may pay a CDSC of 1.00% on any Class A shares sold. For purposes of this CDSC, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month. The amount of any CDSC is based on the lesser of the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold and is not charged on shares you acquired by reinvesting your dividends and capital gains distributions. Each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC. This CDSC will not apply where the selling broker dealer was not paid a commission.

In order to determine the dollar amount of the sales charges you pay, we multiply the applicable percentage by the dollar amount of your desired investment. The total dollar amount of the sales charge is rounded to two decimal places using standard rounding criteria and is included in the public offering price of a Fund. Your total purchase amount is then divided by the Fund’s per share public offering price to determine the number of shares you receive in the Fund. This number is rounded to three decimal places using standard rounding criteria. Because of this rounding, the front-end sales charge you pay, when expressed as a percentage of the offering price, may be higher or lower than the amount stated in the Fund’s fee table (as illustrated in the table above).

For example, you want to invest $100.00 in Class A shares of a Fund. Assume the shares have a public offering price of $15.72 (includes front-end sales charge), a total net asset value of $14.86, and a front-end sales charge of 5.5%. The total dollar amount of the sales charge would be $5.48; the total net asset value of the shares purchased would be $94.52; and the total number of shares purchased would equal 6.361 shares. Therefore, the calculated sales charge rate is 5.48% (sales charge paid divided by the net investment). Please note that this example is a hypothetical and is not intended to represent the value of any Hartford Fund.

The Funds’ distributor, Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), may pay up to the entire amount of the sales commission to particular broker-dealers. The Distributor may pay dealers of record commissions on purchases of over $1 million in an amount of up to 1.00% on the first $10 million, 0.50% of the next $30 million, and 0.25% of share purchases over $40 million. This commission schedule may also apply to certain sales of Class A shares made to investors that qualify under any of the last four categories listed under “Waivers for Certain Investors.”

Retirement plans that owned or were offered Class A shares on or before June 30, 2007 are not subject to the Class A shares’ commission schedule and 1.00% CDSC.

Class B Shares. Class B deferred sales charges are listed below. No CDSC is charged on shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions. The CDSC is based on the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, whichever is less. Note that after 8 years, Class B shares convert to Class A shares.

Years After Purchase	CDSC
1st year		5.00%
2nd year		4.00%
3rd year		3.00%
4th year		3.00%
5th year		2.00%
6th year		1.00%
After 6 years	None

Class C Shares. Class C deferred sales charges are listed below. No CDSC is charged on shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions. The CDSC is based on the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, whichever is less. A front-end sales charge is not assessed on Class C shares.

Years After Purchase	CDSC
1st year		1.00%
After 1 year	None

For purposes of the Class B and Class C CDSCs, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month. To determine whether a CDSC applies and the amount of such CDSC, the Funds redeem shares in the following order: (1) shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions, (2) Class B shares held for over 6 years or Class C shares held over 1 year, and (3) Class B shares held the longest during the six-year period. Please note that for purposes of the expense examples and performance returns shown in this prospectus, the figures include the effect of Class B and Class C CDSC as if it had been incurred prior to the expiration of the applicable period.

When you request a redemption, the amount withdrawn from your account will equal the specified dollar amount of the redemption request plus the dollar amount of any applicable CDSC. If you do not want any additional amount withdrawn from your account to cover the CDSC due, please indicate that the applicable CDSC should be withdrawn from the total distribution amount requested.

Proceeds from the CDSC are paid to the Distributor and are used in whole or in part by the Distributor to defray its expenses related to providing distribution-related services to a Fund in connection with the sale of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares, such as the payment of compensation to select selling brokers for selling these classes of shares. The combination of the CDSC and the distribution and service fees facilitates the ability of each Fund to sell the Class B and Class C shares without a front-end sales charge being deducted, and to sell Class A shares with the maximum applicable sales charge at the time of the purchase.

Although the Funds do not charge a transaction fee, you may be charged a fee by financial intermediaries for the purchase or sale of a Fund’s shares through that financial intermediary. This transaction fee is separate from any sales charge that a Fund may apply.

Sales Charge Reductions And Waivers

Reducing Your Class A Sales Charges. There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of the Hartford Funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A shares’ sales charge schedule. Please note that you or your financial intermediary must notify the Funds’ transfer agent that you are eligible for these breakpoints every time you have a qualifying transaction. If you do not let your financial intermediary or the Funds’ transfer agent know that you are eligible for a breakpoint reduction, you may not receive the sales charge breakpoints to which you are otherwise entitled.

•

Accumulation Privilege – permits any qualifying investor to purchase Class A shares of any Hartford Fund (other than series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc. and Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc. (“Hartford HLS Funds”)) and 529 college savings plan accounts administered by The Hartford at the offering price that applies to the total of: (a) the dollar amount then being purchased plus (b) an amount equal to the then-current, as of the business day immediately prior to such purchases, net asset value of the purchaser’s holdings of all shares (other than Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class R6 and Hartford HLS Funds) and 529 college savings plan accounts administered by The Hartford. For purposes of this Privilege, a qualifying investor may include all shares owned by family members which - for accounts opened on or after August 16, 2004, - means the owner’s spouse (or legal equivalent recognized under state law) and any children under 21. For accounts opened before August 16, 2004, please see the SAI for more information. Employer-sponsored retirement plans or certain tax qualified retirements accounts may also receive these breakpoints as long as the Funds’ transfer agent or the financial intermediary is notified at the time of purchase. The Accumulation Privilege may be amended or terminated at any time as to subsequent purchases.

•

Funds’ transfer agent will hold shares in escrow to secure payment of the higher sales charge applicable for shares actually purchased if you do not purchase the amount indicated on the LOI. Dividends and capital gains will be paid on all escrowed shares and these shares will be released when the amount indicated on the LOI has been purchased. A LOI does not obligate you to buy or a Fund to sell the indicated amount of the LOI. If a Class A shareholder exceeds the amount specified in the LOI and reaches an amount that would qualify for a further quantity discount, the applicable breakpoints in the Class A shares’ sales charge schedule will be applied to such additional Class A share purchases. Any resulting difference in offering price will be used to purchase additional Class A shares for the shareholder’s account at the applicable offering price. If the Class A shareholder does not purchase the amount specified in the LOI within thirty days after a written request by the Funds’ transfer agent, the Funds’ transfer agent will redeem an appropriate number of escrowed shares for an amount equal to the difference between the sales charge paid and the sales charge that would have been paid had the aggregate purchases been made at a single time. This redemption may be treated and reported as a taxable transaction to you, as discussed in the “Fund Distributions and Tax Matters” section of this prospectus. Purchases based on a LOI may include holdings as described above under “Accumulation Privilege.” Additional information about the terms of the LOI is available from your financial intermediary or from the Funds’ transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824.

Waivers For Certain Investors

Front-End Sales Charge. In order to receive the sales charge reductions or waivers discussed below, you must notify the Funds’ transfer agent of the reduction or waiver request when you place your purchase order. The Funds’ transfer agent may require evidence of your qualification for such reductions or waivers. Additional information about the sales charge reductions or waivers can be obtained from the Funds’ transfer agent. The Class A shares front-end sales charge may be reduced or waived for the following individuals and institutions:

•

selling broker dealers and their employees and sales representatives (and their family members, as defined above under the “Accumulation Privilege” section) provided, however, that only those employees of such broker-dealers who, as a part of their usual duties, provide services related to transactions in Fund shares shall qualify,

•

financial representatives using Fund shares in fee-based investment products under a signed agreement with the Funds,

•

current or retired officers, directors and employees (and their family members, as defined above under the “Accumulation Privilege” section) of the Funds, The Hartford, the sub-advisers to Hartford Funds, Hartford Administrative Services Company, and their affiliates. Such individuals may also purchase Class I shares at net asset value,

•

welfare benefit plans investing in Fund shares through group variable funding agreements issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company,

•

if the plan is one of the following types of retirement plans and the plan was invested in or was offered as an investment option Class A shares at net asset value on or before June 30, 2007: (a) an employer-sponsored retirement plan with at least 100 participants or $500,000 in plan assets; (b) a retirement plan that buys Fund shares through a group variable funding agreement issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company; or (c) a retirement plan for which Hartford Life Insurance Company or an affiliate acts as plan administrator,

•

college savings programs that are qualified state tuition programs under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, and

•

investors purchasing through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to customers.

CDSC Waivers. As long as the Funds’ transfer agent is notified at the time you sell, the CDSC for each applicable share class will generally be waived in the following cases:

•

to make Systematic Withdrawal Plan payments that are limited annually to no more than 12% of the value of the account at the time the plan is initiated or updated.

•

for death or disability.

•

under reorganization, liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies.

•

under the following circumstances, for employer-sponsored retirement plans or tax qualified retirement accounts:

(1)

to return excess contributions,

(2)

hardship withdrawals as defined in employer-sponsored retirement plans,

(3)

under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in the Internal Revenue Code,

(4)

to meet minimum distribution requirements under the Internal Revenue Code,

(5)

to make “substantially equal payments” as described in Section 72(t) of the Internal Revenue Code, and

(6)

after separation from service.

•

for Class C shares only, for withdrawals made pursuant to loans taken from qualified retirement plans. Loans are defined by the retirement plan’s administrator at the time of the withdrawal.

Reinstatement Privilege

If you sell shares of a Fund, you may reinvest some or all of the proceeds in shares of that Fund or any other Hartford Fund within 90 days without a sales charge, as long as the Funds’ transfer agent is notified before you reinvest; except that, certain qualified plans may only reinvest as a rollover within 60 days of selling shares of a Fund. In this case, once the 60 day rollover period has ended, such qualified plans may reinvest only those amounts that do not exceed the maximum qualified plan contribution amount for their account in that given tax year. If you sold Class A or C shares, you must reinvest in shares of the same class to take advantage of the reinstatement privilege. If you paid a CDSC when you sold your Class A or Class C shares, you will be credited with the amount of that CDSC. If you sold Class B shares, you must reinvest in Class A shares and you will not receive a credit for the amount of any CDSC paid when you sold your Class B shares. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

Information about sales charges and sales charge reductions or waivers is available, free of charge, on the Funds’ website www.hartfordfunds.com. The website includes hyperlinks that facilitate access to this information.

How To Buy And Sell Shares

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens a new account. What does this mean for you? When you open a new account, you will be asked to provide your name, residential address, date of birth, social security number and other information that identifies you. You may also be asked to show your driver’s license or other identifying documents.

For non-persons wishing to open an account or establish a relationship, Federal law requires us to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each business, entity or individual holding 25% or more ownership with that entity. What does this mean for you? When you open an account or establish a relationship, we will ask for your business name, a street address, a tax identification number and may request additional information pertaining to the entity.

We are also required to obtain information that identifies each authorized signer for an account by requesting name, residential address, date of birth and social security number for each of your authorized signers. We appreciate your cooperation.

If a Fund is not able to adequately identify you within the time frames set forth in the law, your shares may be automatically redeemed. If the net asset value per share has decreased since your purchase, you will lose money as a result of this redemption. You may also incur any applicable sales charge.

Of critical importance, is the location of those authorized to transact on an account at the time the transaction request is placed with a Fund. In general, shareholders and authorized traders may only place trades with a Fund when physically in the U.S., a U.S. territory, stationed at a military base, or stationed at a U.S. Embassy. The location of the authorized caller may be obtained on a recorded phone call or in writing.

Each Fund offers the classes of shares described in “Classes of Shares” above and not all share classes discussed below may be available for each Fund.

Opening an Account

Read this prospectus carefully.

Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum investment amounts are as follows:

•

Class A, Class C and Class I shares – $2,000 for initial investments, at least $50 for subsequent investments; except Automatic Investment Plans, which require $250 to open and at least $50 per month invested in the Fund thereafter.

•

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 shares – no investment minimum and no subsequent investment minimum.

•

Class Y shares – $250,000 minimum initial investment. This requirement may be modified for certain investors. No subsequent investment minimum.

Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain employer-sponsored retirement accounts and for proprietary wrap programs that are sponsored by broker-dealers or at the transfer agent’s discretion.

Complete the appropriate parts of the account application including any reduced sales charge privileges you wish to request. By applying for privileges now, you can avoid the delay and inconvenience of having to file an additional application if you want to add privileges later. If you have questions and you hold shares through a financial intermediary or retirement plan, please contact your financial intermediary or plan administrator. If you hold shares directly with a Fund, please call the transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824.

Make your initial investment selection. You or your financial intermediary can initiate any purchase, exchange or sale of shares.

Class C Shares Purchase Limits

Purchases of Class C shares are subject to a total account value limitation at the time of purchase of $999,999. If your existing accounts for all share classes (except Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 shares) held with the Distributor have a total value equal to $999,999, you will not be able to purchase Class C shares. For the purpose of determining your total account value, existing accounts for all share classes (except Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 shares) held with the Distributor that are linked under a Letter of Intent or Accumulation Privilege will be included. Dealers and other financial intermediaries purchasing shares for their customers in omnibus accounts are responsible for compliance with these limits. You should consult your financial adviser when choosing a share class.

Buying Shares

Class A, Class C and Class Y Shares:

•

On the Web (Class A and Class C only) – Visit www.hartfordfunds.com, select “Individual Investors” from the role drop-down menu at the top of the home page. Then select Mutual Fund from the Account Access drop-down menu. Enter your user name and password, and select Login. First time users will need to create a user name and password by selecting the “Register” link. Once you have added your banking information by selecting the Add Bank Instructions function, click on “View Account Details” for the appropriate account. Select “Purchase Shares” from the “Select Action” menu, next to the Fund you wish to buy, and follow the instructions on the Purchase Shares Request pages to complete and submit the request.

•

By Phone – To place your order, call the transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824 between 8 A.M. and 7 P.M. Eastern Time Monday through Thursday and between 8 A.M. and 6 P.M. Eastern Time on Friday. Tell the transfer agent the Fund name, share class, account and the name(s) in which the account is registered and the amount of your investment. Complete transaction instructions on a specific account must be received in good order and confirmed by Hartford Funds prior to 4 P.M. Eastern Time or the close of the New York Stock Exchange, whichever comes first. Any transaction on an account received after such time will receive the next business day’s offering price. For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy.

•

In Writing With a Check – Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “Hartford Funds.” Complete the application or detachable investment slip from an account statement, or write a letter of instruction specifying the Fund name and share class, account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Deliver the check and your completed application, investment slip, or letter of instruction to your financial intermediary or plan administrator, or mail to:

Hartford Funds

P.O. Box 55022

Boston, MA 02205-5022

(For overnight mail)

Hartford Funds

30 Dan Road, Suite 55022

Canton, MA 02021-2809

•

By Wire – For complete instructions on how to purchase shares of Hartford Funds by wire, contact Hartford Funds at 1-888-843-7824.

Class I As previously mentioned, Class I shares are offered:

•

through advisory fee-based wrap programs sponsored by financial intermediaries and any other institutions that have agreements with the Distributor, whose use of Class I shares will depend on the structure of the particular advisory fee-based wrap program, and

•

to current or retired officers, directors and employees (and their family members, as defined above under “Accumulation Privilege”) of the Fund, The Hartford, the sub-advisers to Hartford Funds, Hartford Administrative Services Company, and their affiliates.

Your initial investment must meet the minimum requirement of $2,000 (except the minimum amount is $250 for Automatic Investment Plans). See your financial intermediary for any questions regarding buying shares through the advisory fee-based wrap program.

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 Eligible investors may establish an account and purchase shares through a plan administrator, record keeper or authorized financial intermediary (who may impose transaction charges in addition to those described in this prospectus). Some or all R share classes may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Additional shares may be purchased through a plan’s administrator, record keeper or other authorized financial intermediary. See your plan administrator, record keeper or financial intermediary for any questions regarding buying Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 shares. Please note that if you are purchasing shares through your employer’s tax qualified retirement plan, you may need to call the administrator of the plan for details on purchases, redemptions and other account activity.

Selling Shares

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Y Shares:

•

On the Web (Class A, Class B and Class C only) – Visit www.hartfordfunds.com, select “Individual Investors” from the role drop-down menu at the top of the home page. Then select Mutual Fund from the Account Access drop-down menu. Enter your user name and password, and select Login. First time users will need to create a user name and password by selecting the “Register” link. Click on “View Account Details” for the appropriate account. Select “Redeem” from the “Select Action” menu, next to the Fund from which you wish to redeem. To redeem to your bank account, bank instructions must be submitted to the transfer agent in writing. Bank instructions added online are only available for purchases. Follow the instructions on the Redeem Request pages to complete and submit the request. Because of legal and tax restrictions on withdrawals from retirement accounts, you will not be allowed to enter a redemption request for these types of accounts online.

•

By Phone – Only non-retirement accounts or IRA plans may redeem by telephone, and sales are restricted to up to $50,000 per shareowner per market day. To place your order, call the transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824 between 8 A.M. and 7 P.M. Eastern Time Monday through Thursday and between 8 A.M. and 6 P.M. Eastern Time on Friday. Complete transaction instructions on a specific account must be received in good order and confirmed by Hartford Funds prior to 4 P.M. Eastern Time or the close of the New York Stock Exchange, whichever comes first. Any transaction on an account received after such time will receive the next business day’s offering price. For automated service 24 hours a day using your touch-tone phone, call 1-888-843-7824. For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy. Proceeds from telephone transactions may be either mailed to the address of record, or sent electronically to a bank account on file. Also, for your protection, telephone redemptions are limited on accounts whose addresses or bank instructions have been added or changed within the past 15 days. For circumstances in which you need to request to sell shares in writing, see “Selling Shares By Letter or Form.”

•

By Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or Wire – For Class A, Class B and Class C shares, fill out the “Bank Account or Credit Union Information” section of your new account application or the “Mutual Fund Bank or Credit Union Information Form” to add bank instructions to your account. EFT transactions may be sent for amounts of $50 or more. Funds from EFT transactions are generally available by the third to fifth business day. Wire transfers are available upon request for amounts of $500 or more and will be wired on the next business day. Your bank may charge a fee for these services. For your protection, EFT and wire transactions may not be sent to bank instructions that have been added to an account within the past 15 days.

•

By Letter or Form – In certain circumstances, you will need to make your request to sell shares in writing. Forms may be obtained by calling the transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824 or through the website at www.hartfordfunds.com. A check will be mailed to the name(s) and address in which the account is registered or otherwise according to your letter of instruction. To redeem, write a letter of instruction indicating: the Fund name, the account number, the share class, the name(s) in which the account is registered, your date of birth, your residential address, your daytime phone number, your social security number, and the dollar value or the number of shares you wish to sell. Include all authorized signatures and obtain a Medallion signature guarantee if: you are requesting payment by check of more than $1,000 to an address of record or bank instructions that have been added or changed within the past 15 days; you are selling more than $100,000 worth of shares; you are requesting an initial distribution from an Automatic 401k Rollover IRA; or you are requesting payment other than by check mailed to the address of record and payable to the registered owner(s). For an Automatic

401k Rollover IRA a completed Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, is required along with a Medallion signature guarantee. Deliver these instructions to your financial intermediary or plan administrator, or mail or fax to the address below.

Please note that a notary public CANNOT provide a Medallion signature guarantee. Please check with a representative of your bank or other financial institution about obtaining a Medallion signature guarantee.

For the following types of accounts, if you are selling Class A, Class B or Class C shares by letter, you must provide the following additional documentation:

•

IRAs (SAR-SEP, ROTH, SEP, SIMPLE, TRADITIONAL) – Signatures and titles of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered; indicate the amount of income tax withholding to be applied to your distribution, and the reason for the distribution.

•

Automatic 401k Rollover IRAs – Signatures, Medallion signature guarantee, and titles of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered; indicate the amount of income tax withholding to be applied to your distribution and the reason for the distribution.

•

403(b) – 403(b) Distribution Request Form.

•

Owners Or Trustees Of Trust Accounts – Call 1-888-843-7824 for instructions.

•

Administrators, Conservators, Guardians, and Other Sellers in Situations of Divorce or Death – Call 1-888-843-7824 for instructions.

Class I, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 You may redeem your shares by having your plan administrator or financial intermediary process your redemption. Your plan administrator or financial intermediary will be responsible for furnishing all necessary documents to the Fund and may charge you for this service.

Addresses

	Send Inquiries And Payments To:			Or By Overnight Mail To:			Phone Number:
	Hartford Funds P.O. Box 55022 Boston, MA 02205-5022 FAX: 1-888-802-0039			Hartford Funds 30 Dan Road, Suite 55022 Canton, MA 02021-2809			1-888-843-7824 or contact your financial intermediary or plan administrator for instructions and assistance.

Exchanging Shares

You may exchange one class of shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of any other Hartford Fund if such share class is available. Under certain limited circumstances, you may also be able to exchange Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 (each an “R share”) of a Fund, for another R share in the same Fund.

Before exchanging shares, you should carefully read the prospectus relating to the exchanged-for shares. Call your plan administrator or financial intermediary or the transfer agent at the number below to request an exchange, for any questions regarding exchanging shares, or to obtain a current prospectus for the Hartford Fund into which you wish to exchange.

If you are a Class A, Class B or Class C shareholder, you may also:

•

Exchange shares on the web by clicking on “View Account Details” for the appropriate account, selecting “Exchange” from the “Select Action” menu next to the Hartford Fund you want to exchange from, and following the instructions on the Exchange Request pages to complete and submit the request.

•

Write a letter of instruction indicating the Fund names, share class, dollar/share amount, account number, the name(s) in which the accounts are registered, and your signature, and deliver these instructions to your financial intermediary or plan administrator, or mail or fax to the address listed below.

The registration for both accounts involved in the exchange must be identical and you must meet the initial investment minimum applicable to such shares of the other Fund (as disclosed in the prospectus), except as noted below with respect to Class Y shares. All exchanges are made at net asset value. You must retain at least $1,000 in the Fund from which you exchange ($50 for a monthly Automatic Investment Plan). Under certain circumstances, Class A shares and Class C shares may be exchanged for Class I shares if you meet the Class I shares eligibility requirements and the shares that you are exchanging are no longer subject to a CDSC. Class Y shares of a Fund may be exchanged for Class Y shares of another Fund, if (i) the shareholder is already a holder of Class Y shares of the other Fund or (ii) the initial investment minimum applicable to Class Y shares of the other Fund (as disclosed in the prospectus) is satisfied in connection with the exchange.

in the exchange must be identical, (2) you will need to observe eligibility requirements, and (3) the proper selling agreements must be in place. Plan participants should consult their plan administrator or plan recordkeeper to determine what exchange privileges are available.

You may be subject to tax liability or sales charges as a result of your exchange. Please see the section of the statutory prospectus entitled “Fund Distributions and Tax Matters — Taxability Of Transactions” for more information.

Each Fund reserves the right in its sole discretion to amend or terminate the exchange privilege at any time, for any reason. For more information, please see the section entitled "Exchanges" in the Funds' SAI.

Addresses

	Send Inquiries And Payments To:			Or By Overnight Mail To:			Phone Number:
	Hartford Funds P.O. Box 55022 Boston, MA 02205-5022 FAX: 1-888-802-0039			Hartford Funds 30 Dan Road, Suite 55022 Canton, MA 02021-2809			1-888-843-7824 or contact your financial intermediary or plan administrator for instructions and assistance.

Note for Retirement Plan Participants and Investors Whose Shares Are Held by Financial Intermediaries

If you hold your shares through a retirement plan or if your shares are held with a financial intermediary you will need to make transactions through the retirement plan administrator or your financial intermediary. Some of the services and programs described in this prospectus may not be available or may differ in such circumstances. You should check with your retirement plan administrator or financial intermediary for further details.

Valuation of Shares

The net asset value per share (NAV) is determined for each class of each Fund’s shares as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) (the “NYSE Close”) on each day that the Exchange is open (“Valuation Date”). If the Exchange is closed due to weather or other extraordinary circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, each Fund may treat such day as a typical business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate each Fund’s NAV in accordance with applicable law. The net asset value for each class of shares is determined by dividing the value of each Fund’s net assets attributable to a class of shares by the number of shares outstanding for that class. Information that becomes known to a Fund after the NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not generally be used to retroactively adjust the NAV determined earlier that day.

For purposes of calculating the NAV, portfolio securities and other assets held in each Fund’s portfolio for which market prices are readily available are valued at market value. Market value is generally determined on the basis of last reported trade prices or official close price. If no trades were reported, market value is based on prices obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers, or independent pricing services. If market prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, each Fund will use the fair value of the security or other instrument as determined in good faith under policies and procedures established by and under the supervision of the Boards of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. and The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc. (each a “Company”). Market prices are considered not readily available where there is an absence of current or reliable market-based data (e.g., trade information or broker quotes), including where events occur after the close of the relevant market, but prior to the NYSE Close that materially affect the values of a Fund’s portfolio holdings or assets. In addition, market prices are considered not readily available when, due to extraordinary circumstances, the exchanges or markets on which the securities or other instruments trade, do not open for trading for the entire day and no other market prices are available. In addition, prices of foreign equities that are principally traded on certain foreign markets are adjusted daily pursuant to a fair value pricing service approved by each Company’s Board of Directors in order to reflect an adjustment for the factors occurring after the close of certain foreign markets but before the NYSE Close. Securities or other instruments that are primarily traded on foreign markets may trade on days that are not business days of the Funds. The value of the foreign securities or other instruments in which a Fund invests may change on days when a shareholder will not be able to purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. Fair value pricing is subjective in nature and the use of fair value pricing by a Fund may cause the NAV of its shares to differ significantly from the NAV that would have been calculated using market prices at the close of the exchange on which a portfolio holding is primarily traded. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to an investment if the Fund were to sell the investment at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV.

values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics. Senior floating rate interests generally trade in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets and are priced through an independent pricing service utilizing independent market quotations from loan dealers or financial institutions. Generally, a Fund may use fair valuation in regard to fixed income positions when the Fund holds defaulted or distressed investments or investments in a company in which a reorganization is pending. Short term investments maturing in 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost if their original term to maturity was 60 days or less, or by amortizing their value on the 61st day prior to maturity, if the original term exceeded 60 days.

Exchange traded futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange as of the NYSE Close. Exchange traded options and options on futures are valued at the last trade price or mean of the bid and ask prices as of the NYSE Close. If such instruments do not trade on an exchange, values may be supplied by an independent pricing service using a formula or other objective method that may take into consideration the style, direction, expiration, strike price, notional value and volatility or other adjustments.

Investments valued in currencies other than U.S. dollars are converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from independent pricing services for calculation of the NAV. As a result, the NAV of a Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the value of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The value of securities or other instruments traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar may be affected significantly on a day that the NYSE is closed and the market value may change on days when an investor is not able to purchase, redeem or exchange shares of a Fund.

Foreign currency contracts represent agreements to exchange currencies on specific future dates at predetermined rates. Foreign currency contracts are valued using foreign currency exchange rates and forward rates as provided by an independent pricing service on the Valuation Date.

Investments in open-end mutual funds are valued at the respective NAV of each open-end mutual fund on the Valuation Date. Such open-end mutual funds may use fair value pricing as disclosed in their prospectuses.

Financial instruments for which prices are not available from an independent pricing service may be valued using market quotations obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the respective financial instrument in accordance with procedures established by each Company’s Board of Directors.

For additional information regarding particular types of investments, please see the “Determination of Net Asset Value” section of the SAI.

Buy and Sell Prices

When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charges. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV less any applicable sales charges.

Execution Of Requests

Each Fund is open on those days when the Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV calculated after your request is received, if your order is in “good order” (has all required information), by the transfer agent, authorized broker-dealers or their authorized designee, or third-party administrators.

You may buy and sell shares of each Fund on the web, by telephone, by wire or by mail. You may exchange your shares by telephone, on the web, or by mail. Note that requests to buy, sell or exchange shares by mail must be sent to the P.O. box at the address provided elsewhere in this prospectus and will be sent from that address to the transfer agent for processing. Your request will be priced at the next NAV calculated after the transfer agent receives the request rather than after the request arrives at the P.O. box.

At times of peak activity, it may be difficult to place requests by phone. During these times, visit www.hartfordfunds.com or consider sending your request in writing.

In unusual circumstances, a Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests, or may postpone payment of redemption proceeds for up to seven days. A Fund may suspend the right of redemption for longer than seven days only as allowed by federal securities laws.

Requests In “Good Order”

All purchase and redemption requests must be received by a Fund in “good order.” This means that your request must include:

•

Name, date of birth, residential address, and social security number.

•

The Fund name, share class and account number.

•

The amount of the transaction (in dollars or shares).

•

Signatures of all owners exactly as registered on the account (for mail requests).

•

Medallion signature guarantee or Signature Validation Program stamp (if required).

•

Any supporting legal documentation that may be required.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

The Hartford Funds are intended to be long-term investment vehicles and are not designed to provide investors with a means of speculating on short-term market movements (market timing). Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by a Fund’s shareholders can disrupt the management of the Fund, negatively affect the Fund’s performance, and increase expenses for all Fund shareholders. In particular, frequent trading (i) can force a Fund’s portfolio manager to hold larger cash positions than desired instead of fully investing all the Fund’s assets, which can result in lost investment opportunities; (ii) can cause unplanned and inopportune portfolio turnover in order to meet redemption requests; (iii) can increase broker-dealer commissions and other transaction costs as well as administrative costs for the Fund; and (iv) can trigger taxable gains for other shareholders. Also, some frequent traders engage in arbitrage strategies, by which these traders seek to exploit pricing anomalies that can occur when a Fund invests in securities that are thinly traded (for example, some high yield bonds and small capitalization stocks) or are traded primarily in markets outside of the United States. Frequent traders, and in particular those using arbitrage strategies, can dilute a Fund’s NAV for long-term shareholders.

If you intend to trade frequently or use market timing investment strategies, you should not purchase the Hartford Funds.

The Board of Directors of each Company has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by Fund shareholders. The Hartford Funds’ policy is to discourage investors from trading in the Funds’ shares in an excessive manner that would be harmful to long-term investors and to make reasonable efforts to detect and deter excessive trading. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order at any time and for any reason, without prior written notice. Each Fund also reserves the right to revoke the exchange privileges of any person at any time and for any reason. In making such determinations, a Fund may consider an investor’s trading history in any of the Hartford Funds, including the person’s trading history in any accounts under a person’s common ownership or control. No system for the prevention and detection of market timing and other abusive trading activities can be expected to identify, address or eliminate all such activities in Fund shares.

It is the policy of the Funds to permit only two “substantive round trips” by an investor within any single Hartford Fund within a 90-day period.

A substantive round trip is a purchase of or an exchange into a Hartford Fund and a redemption of or an exchange out of the same Hartford Fund in a dollar amount that the Funds’ transfer agent determines, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, could adversely affect the management of the Fund. When an additional purchase or exchange change order request for a Fund is received within the 90-day period, the requested transaction shall be rejected (unless such transaction was a transaction in an omnibus account that was identified, in accordance with the procedures described below, after it had already occurred). In addition, the person requesting such transaction shall be deemed an “Excessive Trader.” All exchange and purchase privileges of an Excessive Trader shall be suspended within such Fund for the first violation of the policy for a period of 90 days. For a second violation of the policy, the exchange and purchase privileges of the Excessive Trader shall be suspended indefinitely. If an Excessive Trader makes exchanges through a registered representative, in appropriate circumstances the Funds’ transfer agent may terminate the registered representative’s exchange and purchase privileges in Hartford Funds. The frequent trading limitations do not apply to the following: (1) any transaction not initiated by a shareholder or their registered representative; (2) transactions that are part of a systematic program; (3) automatic programs offered by the Funds, such as dollar cost averaging, dividend diversification and systematic withdrawals; (4) transactions of $1,000 or less; and (5) transactions that a Fund, in its discretion, determines are not abusive or harmful.

The Hartford Funds’ policies for deterring frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by a Fund shareholder are intended to be applied uniformly to all Fund shareholders to the extent practicable. Some financial intermediaries, such as broker-dealers, investment advisors, plan administrators, and third-party transfer agents, however, maintain omnibus accounts in which they aggregate orders of multiple investors and forward the aggregated orders to the Funds. Because the Funds receive these orders on an aggregated basis and because these omnibus accounts may trade with numerous fund families with differing market timing policies, the Funds are limited in their ability to identify or deter Excessive Traders or other abusive traders. The Hartford Funds’ procedures with respect to omnibus accounts are as follows: (1) Where the Funds’ transfer agent is provided individual shareholder level transaction detail on a daily basis, the Funds’ transfer agent shall monitor the daily trade activity of individual shareholders and apply the Policy. (2) Where the Funds’ transfer agent is not provided individual shareholder level transaction detail on a daily basis, the Funds’ transfer agent shall monitor the accounts at an omnibus level and apply detection tools designed to determine whether shareholder transactions violating the Policy may be occurring. In such cases, the Funds’ transfer agent shall request and evaluate individual shareholder level transaction detail and seek

to impose restrictions in accordance with the Policy. The Funds’ ability to identify and deter frequent purchases and redemptions of a Fund’s shares through omnibus accounts is limited, and the Funds’ success in accomplishing the objectives of the policies concerning frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares in this context depends significantly upon the cooperation of the financial intermediaries. In addition to the foregoing, the Funds’ transfer agent also employs a process for reviewing certain large transactions in the Funds and may restrict trading as a result of its review.

The use of fair value pricing can serve both to make Hartford Funds less attractive to market timers and to reduce the potential adverse consequences to other investors of market timing or abusive trading. Certain market timers may seek to take advantage of pricing anomalies that can occur in Fund shares resulting from the manner in which the NAV of the Funds’ shares is determined each day. Frequent trading in Fund shares can dilute the value of long-term shareholders’ interests in a Fund if the Fund calculates its NAV using closing prices that are no longer accurate. Funds that invest in overseas markets or that invest in securities of smaller issuers or thinly traded securities are more susceptible to this activity. Hartford Funds’ pricing procedures, particularly those procedures governing the determination of the “fair value” of securities for which market prices are not readily available (or are unreliable) for foreign securities, may serve as a deterrent against harmful excessive trading in fund shares. For additional information concerning Hartford Funds’ fair value procedures, please refer to “Valuation of Shares.”

Hartford Funds reserves the right to modify this policy, including any surveillance procedures established from time to time to effectuate this policy, at any time without notice. Hartford Funds, the Investment Manager, and/or the Funds’ transfer agent shall not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders or exchanges.

Certificated Shares

Shares are electronically recorded and, therefore, the Funds do not issue share certificates.

Account Closings

There may be instances in which it is appropriate for your account to be closed. Your account could be closed if: (i) your identity cannot be verified or you fail to provide a valid SSN or TIN; (ii) the registered address of your account is outside of the United States or in a U.S. jurisdiction in which the Fund shares are not registered; (iii) transactions in your account raise suspicions of money laundering, fraud or other illegal conduct; (iv) shares purchased are not paid for when due; (v) your account does not meet the qualifications for ownership for the particular class of shares held in your account; (vi) maintenance of your account jeopardizes the tax status or qualifications of the Funds; (vii) your account balance falls to $1,000 or less and you fail to bring the account above the $1,000 within thirty (30) days of notification; (viii) there is a change in your broker of record, for example your broker is no longer able to sell Fund shares; or (ix) closing the account is determined to be in the best interests of the Fund.

Sales In Advance of Purchase Payments

When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the Fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to 5 business days after the purchase.

Special Redemptions

Although each Fund would not normally do so, each Fund has the right to pay the redemption price of shares of the Fund in whole or in part in portfolio securities constituting the shareholder’s proportionate share of the current assets of the Fund rather than cash. When the shareholder sells portfolio securities received in this fashion, transaction costs would be incurred. Prior to such sale, the shareholder would be exposed to market risk. Any such securities would be valued for the purposes of making such payment at the same value as used in determining a Fund’s net asset value. Each Fund, however, always redeems shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the net asset value of the Fund during any 90 day period for any one account.

Abandoned Property

It is the responsibility of the shareholder to keep the shareholder’s account(s) active and to provide Hartford Funds with a current and correct address for the shareholder’s account(s). An out-of-date or incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to Hartford Funds. Please be advised that certain state escheatment laws may require a Fund to turn over your mutual fund account to the state listed in your account registration as abandoned property if no shareholder initiated activity occurs in the account within the time frame specified by the state law. Hartford Funds will not be liable to a shareholder or a shareholder’s financial intermediary for good faith compliance with state unclaimed or abandoned property (escheatment) laws.

To learn more about the escheatment rules for your particular state, please contact your attorney or State Treasurer’s and/or Controller’s Offices. If you do not hold your shares directly with a Fund, you should contact your financial intermediary, retirement plan or other third party intermediary regarding applicable state escheatment laws.

Escheatment laws vary by state, and states have different criteria for defining inactivity and unclaimed or abandoned property. Hartford Funds strongly encourages you to keep your account active and up-to-date. Depending on laws in your jurisdiction, you may assist us in safeguarding your investments for accounts directly held with Hartford Funds by at least once a year: (i) logging in to your account at http://www.hartfordfunds.com and viewing your account information; (ii) calling Hartford Funds at 1-888-843-7824 for an account balance or speaking with a customer service representative at the same phone number after you go through a security verification process; and (iii) taking action on letters received in the mail from Hartford Funds concerning account inactivity, outstanding checks and/or escheatment or abandoned property and promptly following the directions in such letters. Please be advised that simply visiting the above Hartford Funds website or making contact by phone may not establish sufficient contact for purposes of escheatment laws in certain states. Check with your state of residence for specifics.

Payment Requirements – Class A, Class C and Class Y

All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks and made payable to Hartford Funds. You may not purchase shares with a starter or third party check.

If your check does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees that a Fund or the Distributor has incurred.

Certain broker-dealers and financial institutions may enter confirmed purchase orders with the Funds on behalf of customers with payment to follow within the customary settlement period. If payment is not received by that time, the order will be canceled and the broker-dealer or financial institution will be held liable for the resulting fees or losses.

Account Statements

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Y In general, you will receive account statements as follows:

•

after every transaction (except certain automatic payment and redemption arrangements and dividend or distribution reinvestment) that affects your account balances

•

after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)

•

in all other circumstances, every quarter during which there is activity in your account, and at least annually

Every year you will also receive the appropriate tax reporting forms for the type of account you choose and the activity in your account.

If, however, you are a participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan or you hold your shares in the name of your broker, you will receive statements from your plan administrator or broker pursuant to their policies.

Class I You will receive account and tax information statements, if applicable, from your financial intermediary pursuant to its policies or from the transfer agent.

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 You will receive statements and applicable tax forms from your plan administrator or broker pursuant to their policies.

Additional Investor Services – Class A, Class B and Class C

•

Electronic Transfers Through Automated Clearing House (ACH) allow you to initiate a purchase or redemption for as little as $50 between your bank account and Fund account using the ACH network. Sales charges and initial purchase minimums apply.

•

Automatic Investment Plan (AIP) lets you set up regular investments from your bank account to a Fund. You determine the frequency and amount of your investments, and you can terminate your program at any time. To establish, complete the appropriate parts of your account application, or if this is an IRA account, complete the “Mutual Funds Automatic Investment Form.” If you are using AIP to open an account, you must invest a minimum initial investment of $250 into a Fund and invest a minimum of $50 per month into the Fund.

•

Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be used for routine bill payments or periodic withdrawals from your account. To establish, make sure you have at least $5,000 worth of shares in your account and that the amount per transaction is $50 or more. Also, make sure you are not planning to invest more money in this account (buying shares of a Fund during a period when you are also selling shares of the Fund is not advantageous to you, because of sales charges). Specify the payee(s), who may be yourself or any other party. There is no limit to the number of payees you may have. A Medallion signature guarantee is required if the payee is someone other than the registered owner. Determine the schedule (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, annually or in certain selected months) and fill out the relevant part of the account application. To add a systematic withdrawal plan to an existing account, contact your financial intermediary or the transfer agent.

•

application or the “Mutual Fund Dollar Cost Averaging Form.” Be sure that the amount is for $50 or more and that the accounts involved have identical registrations.

•

Automatic Dividend Diversification (ADD) lets you automatically reinvest dividends and capital gains distributions paid by a Fund into the same class of another Hartford Fund. To establish, fill out the relevant portion of the account application and be sure that the accounts involved have identical registrations.

•

Duplicate Account Statements You may request copies of annual account summaries by calling 1-888-843-7824. A $20 fee may be charged for account summaries older than the preceding year.

•

Duplicate Copies Of Materials To Households Generally each Fund will mail only one copy of each prospectus, annual report, semi-annual report and proxy statement to shareholders having the same last name and address on the Fund’s records. The consolidation of these mailings, called householding, benefits each Fund through reduced mailing expenses. If you want to receive multiple copies of these materials, you may call us at 1-888-843-7824. You may also notify us in writing. Individual copies of prospectuses, reports and proxy statements will be sent to you commencing within 30 days after we receive your request to stop householding.

Hartford Funds may stop your Automatic Investment Plan, Systematic Withdrawal Plan or Dollar Cost Averaging Program if we are unable to obtain an accurate address for your account.

Uncashed Checks Issued on Your Account

Each Fund reserves the right to reinvest any amounts (e.g., dividends, distributions or redemption proceeds) that you have elected to receive by check should your check remain uncashed for more than 180 days. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed checks. Your check will be reinvested in your account at the NAV on the day of the reinvestment. When reinvested, those amounts are subject to the risk of loss like any Fund investment. If you elect to receive distributions in cash and a check remains uncashed for more than 180 days, your cash election may be changed automatically to reinvest and your future dividend and capital gains distributions will be reinvested in the Fund at the NAV as of the date of payment of the distribution. This provision may not apply to certain retirement or qualified accounts, accounts with a non-U.S. address or closed accounts. Your participation in a systematic withdrawal program may be terminated if a check remains uncashed.

Retirement Plans Hartford Funds are available through a range of retirement plans, including traditional and Roth IRAs, SIMPLE plans, SEPs and 401(k) plans. Using these plans, you can invest in any Hartford Fund. Minimum investment amounts may apply. To find out more, call 1-888-843-7824.

If you open a retirement account (including traditional and Roth IRAs, SIMPLE plans, or SEPs) or a Coverdell Educational Savings Account (“Coverdell Accounts”) through Hartford Funds, State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street Bank”) will serve as the custodian of that account. Retirement accounts and Coverdell Accounts are charged an annual maintenance fee that is paid to State Street Bank, its affiliates or HASCO. These fees are in addition to the fees and expenses that you pay for investing in the Funds (set forth in each Fund’s fees and expenses table). Please refer to the Custodial Agreement & Disclosure Statement for your retirement account for information on applicable annual maintenance fees.

Distribution Arrangements

Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), serves as the principal underwriter for each Fund pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement approved by the applicable Board of Directors. Shares of the Funds are continuously offered and sold by selected broker-dealers pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor, and such broker-dealers may in turn designate and authorize other financial intermediaries to offer and sell Fund shares. Except as discussed below, the Distributor (and not the Funds) bears the expenses of providing services pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, including the payment of expenses relating to the distribution of prospectuses for sales purposes, as well as any other advertising or sales literature. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Fund shares.

Distribution Plans – Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 Shares

The applicable Board of Directors has approved the adoption of a separate distribution plan (each, a “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for each Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 shares. Under a Plan, Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 shares of a Fund, as applicable, bear distribution and/or service fees paid to the Distributor, some of which may be paid to select broker-dealers. Total compensation under a Plan may not exceed the maximum cap imposed by FINRA with respect to asset-based sales charges. Distribution fees paid to the Distributor may be spent on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of the respective Fund’s shares. Under a Plan, each Fund pays the Distributor the entire fee, regardless of the Distributor’s expenditures. Even if the Distributor’s actual expenditures exceed the fee payable to the Distributor at any given time, each Fund will not be obligated to pay more than that fee. If the Distributor’s actual expenditures are less than the fee payable to the Distributor at any given time, the Distributor may realize a profit from the arrangement.

Class A Plan Pursuant to the Class A Plan, a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class A shares for distribution financing activities and shareholder account servicing activities. The entire amount of the fee may be used for shareholder servicing expenses and/or distribution expenses.

Class B Plan Pursuant to the Class B Plan, a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B shares for distribution financing activities, and up to 0.25% may be used for shareholder account servicing activities. The Class B Plan also provides that the Distributor will receive all contingent deferred sales charges attributable to Class B shares. Effective July 1, 2013, there was a reduction in the amount charged in connection with Equity Income Fund’s Class B shares’ Rule 12b-1 fee from 1.00% to 0.25% in accordance with FINRA rules, although it is possible that such fees may be increased in the future.

Class C Plan Pursuant to the Class C Plan, a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class C shares for distribution financing activities, and up to 0.25% may be used for shareholder account servicing activities. The Class C Plan also provides that the Distributor will receive all contingent deferred sales charges attributable to Class C shares.

Class R3 Plan Pursuant to the Class R3 Plan, a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R3 shares for distribution financing activities, and up to 0.25% may be used for shareholder account servicing activities.

Class R4 Plan Pursuant to the Class R4 Plan, a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class R4 shares for distribution financing activities. The entire amount of the fee may be used for shareholder account servicing activities.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Entities

This section includes additional information about different types of compensation paid by the Distributor and/or its affiliates to financial intermediaries and other entities with respect to the Hartford Funds.

As explained in more detail below under the sections entitled “Additional Compensation Payments to Financial Intermediaries” and “Compensation to Servicing Intermediaries,” the Investment Manager and/or its affiliates (1) make payments out of their own assets to broker-dealers and financial institutions (“Financial Intermediaries”) to encourage the sale of Hartford Funds’ shares (“Additional Payments”) and/or (2) pay Financial Intermediaries and other intermediaries that provide certain services with respect to Hartford Funds (collectively, “Servicing Intermediaries”) compensation for sub-accounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services (“Servicing Payments”).

The commissions, Rule 12b-1 payments, Additional Payments, Servicing Payments, and other payments may vary from one product to another. For this reason, (1) if your Financial Intermediary receives greater payments with respect to Hartford Funds than he or she receives with respect to other products, he or she may be more inclined to sell you shares of a Hartford Fund rather than another product and/or (2) if your Servicing Intermediary receives greater payments with respect to Hartford Funds, it may choose to provide services to Hartford Funds rather than to other investment products for which it may receive a lower payment.

Commissions and Rule 12b-1 Payments. The Distributor and/or its affiliates make a variety of payments to Financial Intermediaries that sell the shares of, and/or provide services to, Hartford Funds. The Distributor and/or its affiliates pay sales commissions and Rule 12b-1 fees to Financial Intermediaries. The Funds’ SAI includes information regarding these commission and Rule 12b-1 payments by share class.

Additional Compensation Payments to Financial Intermediaries. In addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees, the Investment Manager and/or its affiliates also make payments out of their own assets to Financial Intermediaries to encourage the sale of Hartford Funds’ shares (“Additional Payments”). These Additional Payments may give your Financial Intermediary a reason to sell and recommend Hartford Funds over other products for which he or she may receive less compensation. You may contact your Financial Intermediary if you want information regarding the payments it receives.

The amount of any Additional Payments made to a Financial Intermediary is generally based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) the average net assets of Hartford Funds that are attributed to that Financial Intermediary; (ii) the amount of Hartford Fund assets held for over one year by customers of that Financial Intermediary; (iii) the amount of Hartford Fund shares sold through that Financial Intermediary; and (iv) the mix of equity and fixed income funds sold through that Financial Intermediary. The annual amount of Additional Payments made to any one Financial Intermediary is normally not expected to (although it may from time to time) exceed [___]% of the average

net assets of Hartford Funds that are attributed to that Financial Intermediary. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, the Investment Manager and its affiliates incurred approximately $[___] million in total Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries.

Additional Payments may be used for various purposes and take various forms, such as:

•

Payments for putting Hartford Funds on a Financial Intermediary’s list of mutual funds available for purchase by its customers;

•

Payments for including Hartford Funds within a group that receives special marketing focus or placing Hartford Funds on a “preferred list”;

•

“Due diligence” payments for a Financial Intermediary’s examination of Hartford Funds and payments for providing extra employee training and information relating to Hartford Funds;

•

“Marketing support fees” for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Hartford Fund shares;

•

Sponsorships of sales contests and promotions where participants receive prizes such as travel awards, merchandise, cash or recognition;

•

Provision of educational programs, including information and related support materials;

•

Provision of computer hardware and software; and

•

Occasional meals and entertainment, tickets to sporting events, nominal gifts and travel and lodging (subject to applicable rules and regulations).

As of [________], the Investment Manager and/or its affiliates have entered into ongoing contractual arrangements to make Additional Payments to the Financial Intermediaries listed below: FSC Securities Corp.; Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.; Sagepoint Financial; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; BancWest Investment Services; Cadaret Grant & Co., Inc.; Cambridge Investment Research Inc.; CCO Investment Services Corp.; Cetera Financial Group; Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Chase Investment Services Corp.; Commonwealth Financial Network; CUSO Financial Services, L.P.; Edward D. Jones & Co.; First Allied Securities, Inc.; First Citizens Investor Services, Inc.; Frost Brokerage Services, Inc.; H.D. Vest Investment Services.; Hilliard Lyons; Huntington Investment Co.; Investment Professionals, Inc.; Janney Montgomery Scott; Lincoln Financial Securities Corp.; Lincoln Financial Advisors Group; LPL Financial Corp.; M&T Securities Inc.; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney; National Financial Services; Invest Financial Corporation; Investment Centers of America; National Planning Corporation; SII Investments Inc.; Newbridge Securities; NEXT Financial Group, Inc.; Oppenheimer & Co, Inc.; Pershing LLC; Raymond James & Associates Inc. and Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets Corporation; Robert W. Baird; Securities America, Inc.; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.; Summit Brokerage Services; Suntrust Investment Services; UBS Financial Services Inc.; U.S. Bancorp Investments Inc.; Voya Financial; and Wells Fargo. The Investment Manager and/or its affiliates may in the future enter into similar ongoing contractual arrangements with other Financial Intermediaries. Financial Intermediaries that received Additional Payments in 2015 for items such as sponsorship of meetings, education seminars and travel and entertainment, but do not have an ongoing contractual relationship with the Distributor, are listed in the SAI.

Servicing Compensation to Servicing Intermediaries. The Investment Manager, HASCO and/or their affiliates pay Servicing Payments to Servicing Intermediaries. These Servicing Payments may cause a Servicing Intermediary to choose to provide services to Hartford Funds rather than to other investment products for which it may receive a lower payment. You may contact your Servicing Intermediary if you want additional information regarding any Servicing Payments it receives.

The amount of the Servicing Payments is generally based on average net assets of Hartford Funds that are attributed to a Servicing Intermediary. With certain limited exceptions, the annual amount of Servicing Payments made to any specific Servicing Intermediary is not expected to (although it may from time to time) exceed [___]% of the average net assets of Hartford Funds that are attributed to that Servicing Intermediary. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Investment Manager, HASCO and/or their affiliates incurred approximately $[____] million in total Servicing Payments and these Servicing Payments did not exceed $[____] million for any one Servicing Intermediary.

Servicing Payments are also paid to certain Servicing Intermediaries by HASCO out of the transfer agency fees it receives from Hartford Funds. Although some of these payments are calculated based on average net assets of Hartford Funds that are attributed to the Servicing Intermediary, Servicing Intermediaries are generally paid a per account fee up to a maximum of $18 per account.

Servicing Intermediaries may also receive compensation for their services in the form of 12b-1 fees or administrative fees paid by the Hartford Funds.

Servicing Payments other than those paid out of transfer agent, 12b-1 or administrative fees are paid by the Investment Manager or its affiliates out of their own resources and not as an expense to or out of the assets of the Funds.

Dealer, Inc.; Alerus Financial; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Ascensus, Inc.; BB&T Securities; Benefit Plans Administrative Services, LLC; Benefit Trust Co.; BenefitStreet, Inc.; Capital Research and Management Company; Charles Schwab; CPI Qualified Plan Consultants, Inc.; Daily Access Corp.; D.A. Davidson & Co.; Davenport & Company LLC; Digital Retirement Solutions; Edward D. Jones & Co; Expert Plan, Inc.; Fidelity; Financial Data Services, Inc.; Gold Trust Company; Goldman Sachs & Co.; Great-West Financial Retirement Plan Services, LLC; GWFS Equities, Inc.; Hewitt Associates LLC; Hilliard Lyons; ICMA Retirement Corporation; International Clearing Trust Company; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC; LPL Financial Corporation; Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Mercer HR Services, LLC; Morgan Stanley & Co Inc.; Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation; MSCS Financial Services, LLC; Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.; Nationwide Retirement Solutions; Newport Group; New York Life Distributors, LLC.; Plan Administrators, Inc.; Oppenheimer & Co Inc., Pershing LLC; Principal Life Insurance Company; Prudential Insurance Company of America; Qualified Benefits Consultants; Raymond James & Associates Inc.; RBC Capital Markets Corporation; Reliance Trust Company; Robert W Baird & Co Inc.; Southwest Securities Inc.; Standard Retirement Services, Inc.; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company Inc.; T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc. & T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc.; TD Ameritrade; TD Ameritrade Trust Company; Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America; The Retirement Plan Company, LLC; The Vanguard Group; Transamerica; UBS Financial Services Inc.; Valic Retirement Services Company; Voya Financial; Wells Fargo; and Wilmington Trust. The Investment Manager, HASCO and/or their affiliates may in the future enter into similar arrangements with other Servicing Intermediaries.

Fund Distributions and Tax Matters

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders at least once a year. Capital gains of each Fund are normally declared and paid annually. Dividends from net investment income of each Fund are normally declared and paid as follows:

Fund	Declaration and payment frequency of net investment income
Capital Appreciation Fund		Annually
Core Equity Fund		Annually
Dividend and Growth Fund		Quarterly
Equity Income Fund		Quarterly
Growth Opportunities Fund		Annually
Healthcare Fund		Annually
MidCap Fund		Annually
MidCap Value Fund		Annually
Small Cap Core Fund		Annually
Small Cap Growth Fund		Annually
Small Company Fund		Annually
Value Opportunities Fund		Annually

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Company’s Board of Directors has delegated authority to the Funds’ Treasurer to reduce the frequency with which dividends are declared and paid and to declare and make payments of long-term capital gains as permitted or required by law or in order to avoid tax penalties. Further, each Fund reserves the right to change its dividend distribution policy at the discretion of its Board of Directors. Unless shareholders specify otherwise, all dividends and distributions received from a Fund are automatically reinvested in additional full or fractional shares of that Fund.

Unless your investment is in a tax-deferred account, you may want to avoid buying shares shortly before a Fund pays a dividend. The reason? If you buy shares when a Fund has realized but not yet distributed taxable income or capital gains, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable dividend. Before investing you may want to consult your tax advisor.

If you elect to receive dividends in cash, you will only receive a check if the dividend amount exceeds $10. If the dividend is $10 or less, the amount will automatically be reinvested in the Fund. If you would like to receive cash dividends, regardless of the amount, you can establish an electronic funds transfer to your bank. For assistance in establishing electronic funds transfer transactions, please call 1-888-843-7824.

Taxability Of Dividends

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including taxable distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions of Fund shares) of individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s gross income, with certain adjustments, exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.

Dividends and capital gains distributed by each Fund to tax-deferred retirement plan accounts are not taxable currently.

Taxability Of Transactions

Under certain limited circumstances, shareholder may be able to exchange one class of shares for another class of shares of the same Fund. In general, exchanges of one share class for a different share class of the same Fund should not result in the realization by the investor of a taxable capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, provided that the transaction is undertaken and processed, with respect to any shareholder, as a direct exchange transaction. If the exchange results in a CDSC or sales charge, Fund shares may be redeemed to pay the charge, and that redemption would be taxable. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors as to the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of an intra-fund exchange.

Exchanges within a tax-deferred retirement plan account will not result in a capital gain or loss for federal or state income tax purposes. With limited exceptions, distributions from a retirement plan account are taxable as ordinary income.

Additional Information

A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (currently, at the rate of 28%) of all taxable distributions payable to you if you fail to provide the Fund with your correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. IRS Regulations require each Fund to report to the IRS and furnish to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, and sold on or after that date. Each Fund will permit shareholders to elect from among several cost basis methods accepted by the IRS, including average cost. In the absence of an election by a shareholder, each Fund will use the average cost method with respect to that shareholder. To elect a cost basis method other than the default method average cost, your request must be received in writing by completing the appropriate part of your account application, by completing “Cost Basis Method Election for Non-Qualified Mutual Fund Accounts” or submitted through our website at www.hartfordfunds.com. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the new cost basis reporting rules apply to them.

Each Fund will generally be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% of all taxable distributions to you if you are a non-resident alien or foreign entity and there is no applicable tax treaty or if you are claiming reduced withholding under a tax treaty and you have not properly completed and signed the appropriate IRS Form W-8. You also must complete and send to us the appropriate IRS Form W-8 to certify your foreign status. Provided that the appropriate IRS Form W-8 is properly completed, long-term capital gains distributions and proceeds of sales are not subject to withholding for foreign shareholders.

100

inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

Distributions from each Fund may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.

This section summarizes some of the consequences under current Federal tax law of an investment in each Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in the Funds under all applicable tax laws.

Legal Proceedings

On February 25, 2011, Jennifer L. Kasilag, Louis Mellinger, Judith M. Menendez, Jacqueline M. Robinson, and Linda A. Russell filed a derivative lawsuit against Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”) (now known as Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC) on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that HIFSCO received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act when serving as investment manager and principal underwriter, respectively, to the Hartford retail mutual funds. Although this action was purportedly filed on behalf of certain of the Hartford Funds, none of the Hartford Funds is itself a defendant to the suit. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011, the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amend the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of certain Hartford retail mutual funds, The Hartford Global Health Fund (now known as The Hartford Healthcare Fund), The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisers Fund (now known as The Hartford Balanced Fund), and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO filed a partial motion to dismiss the amended complaint and, in December 2012, the court dismissed without prejudice the claims regarding distribution fees and denied the motion with respect to the advisory fees claims. In March 2014, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that added as new plaintiffs The Hartford Floating Rate Fund and The Hartford Small Company Fund and named as a defendant HFMC, which assumed the role as investment manager to the funds as of January 2013. In March 2015, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that removed The Hartford Small Company Fund as a plaintiff. HFMC and HIFSCO dispute the allegations and have filed a motion for summary judgment. Plaintiff has filed a motion for partial summary judgment.

Performance Notes

The following notes supplement the performance table in the Summary Sections and provide additional information for understanding the returns provided in the table for each Fund.

Prior to January 1, 2013, each Fund was managed by HIFSCO, an affiliate of the Investment Manager. There was no change, however, to the personnel providing services to the Funds.

Small Cap Core Fund

Performance information from December 4, 2006 through June 4, 2012 for the Fund includes performance of the Fund’s previous sub-adviser, Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”). As of June 4, 2012, HIMCO no longer serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. Performance information prior to December 4, 2006 represents performance of other previous sub-advisers. Additionally, performance information includes the Fund’s performance when it invested, prior to February 1, 2010, at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of mid-capitalization companies and prior to July 10, 2015, at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.

On July 10, 2015, the Fund changed its benchmark from the Russell 2500 Index to the Russell 2000 Index. The Investment Manager believes that the Russell 2000 Index is a more appropriate index against which to measure performance in light of changes to the Fund’s investment strategy to a focus on stocks of small capitalization companies.

Small Cap Growth Fund

HIMCO became an additional sub-adviser to the Small Cap Growth Fund effective November 13, 2006. Performance information prior to that date represents performance of only Wellington Management. As of July 21, 2010, Hartford Investment Management Company no longer serves as a sub-adviser to the Fund.

101

Small Company Fund

HIMCO became an additional sub-adviser to the Fund effective June 2006. Performance information prior to that date represents performance of only Wellington Management. As of July 21, 2010, Hartford Investment Management Company no longer serves as a sub-adviser to the Fund.

Indices:

The indices are unmanaged, and their results include reinvested dividends and/or distributions, but do not reflect the effect of sales charges, commissions, expenses or taxes.

The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted price index composed of 500 widely held common stocks.

The Russell 3000 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

The Russell 1000 Value Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies, based on total market capitalizations.

The Russell 3000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 3000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 3000 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

The Russell 1000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

The S&P North American Health Care Sector Index is a modified capitalization-weighted index based on United States headquartered health care companies. Stocks in the index are weighted such that each stock is no more than 7.5% of the market capitalization as of the most recent reconstitution date. The companies included in the index must be common stocks and be traded on the NYSE MKT LLC, Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange and meet certain established market capitalization levels.

The S&P MidCap 400 Index is an unmanaged index of common stocks of companies chosen by S&P designed to represent price movements in the mid-cap U.S. equity market.

The Russell 2500 Value Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 2500 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The Russell 2500 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 2,500 smallest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

The Russell MidCap Value Index measures the performance of the mid-cap value segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell Midcap Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

The Russell 2000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index of those Russell 2000 Index growth companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 Index is a broad-based unmanaged index comprised of 2,000 of the smallest U.S.-domiciled company common stocks (on the basis of capitalization) that are traded in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT LLC and Nasdaq.

The Russell 2000 Index is a broad-based unmanaged index comprised of 2,000 of the smallest U.S.-domiciled company common stocks (on the basis of capitalization) that are traded in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT LLC and Nasdaq.

The Russell 2500 Index measures the performance of the small to mid-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe, commonly referred to as “smid” cap. The Russell 2500 Index is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index and includes approximately 2500 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market capitalization and current index membership.

The Russell 3000 Value Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 3000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The Russell 3000 Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

102

Related Composite Performance of the Small Cap Core Fund

The following tables present the past performance of a composite of certain accounts managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. Wellington Management’s Small Cap Quantitative Equity composite consists of all fee paying accounts under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s Small Cap Quantitative Equity investment strategy that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The performance has been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of the Fund. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax. Because the gross performance data shown in the tables does not reflect the deduction of investment advisory fees paid by the accounts that make up the composite and certain other expenses that would be applicable to mutual funds, the net performance data may be more relevant to potential investors in the Fund in their analysis of the historical experience of Wellington Management in managing all Small Cap Quantitative Equity portfolios, with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses and the maximum Class A sales charge, the total annual fund operating expenses and the maximum sales charge payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales charges, only the total annual fund operating expenses payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. In each case, the expenses are higher than the highest management fee applicable to any account in the composite.

The accounts that are included in Wellington Management’s Small Cap Quantitative Equity composite are not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, the performance results for the composite may have been less favorable had it been regulated as an investment company under the federal securities laws.

The historical performance of Wellington Management’s Small Cap Quantitative Equity composite is not that of the Fund, is not a substitute for the Fund’s performance and is not necessarily indicative of any fund’s future results. Information about the past performance of the Fund appears in this prospectus under the heading “Hartford Small Cap Core Fund – SUMMARY SECTION – PAST PERFORMANCE.” The performance of Wellington Management’s Small Cap Quantitative Equity composite represents its performance managing Small Cap Quantitative Equity portfolios, which, as described above, are those with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The Fund’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of the composite. The personnel who managed the accounts that make up the composite, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing the Fund.

While the accounts in the composite experience inflows and outflows of cash from clients, there can be no assurance that the continuous offering of a fund’s shares and a fund’s obligation to redeem its shares will not adversely affect the fund’s performance.

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT SMALL CAP QUANTITATIVE EQUITY COMPOSITE PERFORMANCE*

Average Annual Total Returns for the Periods Ended December 31, 2015:

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Composite (Net of Class A expenses and maximum Class A sales
charge)

[____]%

Composite (Net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales
charges)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

103

For More Information

Two documents are available that offer further information on the Funds:

Annual/Semi-Annual Report To Shareholders

Additional information about each Fund is contained in the financial statements and portfolio holdings in that Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports. In each Fund’s annual report you will also find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year (or period as the case may be), as well as the independent registered public accounting firm’s report.

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

The SAI contains more detailed information on the Funds. A current SAI and annual report have been filed with the SEC and the SAI and the financial statements from the annual report are incorporated by reference into (which means they are legally a part of) this prospectus.

The Funds make available this prospectus, the SAI and annual/semi-annual reports free of charge, on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com.

To request a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual report, if available, for the Funds and/or the SAI or for shareholder inquiries or other information about the Funds, please contact the Funds at:

By Mail:

Hartford Funds

P.O. Box 55022

Boston, MA 02205-5022

(For overnight mail)

Hartford Funds

30 Dan Road, Suite 55022

Canton, MA 02021-2809

By Phone:

1-888-843-7824

On The Internet:

hartfordfunds.com

Or you may view or obtain these documents from the SEC:

In Person:

At the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the SEC Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-202-551-8090.

By Mail:

Public Reference Section Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, DC 20549-1520

Requests which are made by mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

On the Internet or by E-Mail:

Internet: (on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet website) www.sec.gov

E-Mail: publicinfo@sec.gov

Requests which are made by e-mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

Investing In Mutual Funds:

Shareholders or potential shareholders can obtain additional information about investing, including information about investing in mutual funds, on the SEC’s Investor Education and Advocacy Web Site at http://www.sec.gov/investor.shtml and through the FINRA’s Investor Information Web Site at http://www.finra.org/Investors/index.htm. To obtain additional information about the expenses associated with investing in mutual funds, the SEC provides a Mutual Fund Cost Calculator, available at http://www.sec.gov/investor/tools/mfcc/mfcc-intsec.htm; and FINRA provides a Mutual Funds and ETF Expense Analyzer, available at http://apps.finra.org/fundanalyzer/1/fa.aspx.

Net Asset Value

Each Fund’s net asset value is available on a daily basis on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com.

SEC File Numbers

The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. 811-07589

The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc. 811-00558

MFPRO-DE16

March 1, 2016

International/Global Equity Funds

Prospectus

March 1, 2016

Class A

Class B

Class C

Class I

Class R3

Class R4

Class R5

Class R6

Class Y

Hartford Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly, The Hartford Emerging Markets Research Fund)

HERAX

—

HERCX

HERIX

HERRX

HERSX

HERTX

—

HERYX

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund

HCTAX

HCTBX

HFCCX

HCTIX

HCTRX

HCTSX

HCTTX

—

HCTYX

Hartford Global Equity Income Fund

HLEAX

HLEBX

HLECX

HLEJX

HLERX

HLESX

HLETX

—

HLEYX

Hartford International Equity Fund (formerly, Hartford International Capital Appreciation Fund)

HDVAX

HDVBX

HDVCX

HDVIX

HDVRX

HDVSX

HDVTX

—

HDVYX

The Hartford International Growth Fund

HNCAX

HNCBX

HNCCX

HNCJX

HNCRX

HNCSX

HNCTX

—

HNCYX

The Hartford International Opportunities Fund

IHOAX

HIOBX

HIOCX

IHOIX

IHORX

IHOSX

IHOTX

IHOVX

HAOYX

The Hartford International Small Company Fund

HNSAX

HNSBX

HNSCX

HNSJX

HNSRX

HNSSX

HNSTX

—

HNSYX

The Hartford International Value Fund*

HILAX

—

HILCX

HILIX

HILRX

HILSX

HILTX

—

HILYX

*The Hartford International Value Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares will be allowed, other than as described in this Prospectus.

HARTFORD FUNDS

P.O. BOX 55022

BOSTON, MA 02205-5022

Hartford Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly, The Hartford Emerging Markets Research Fund)

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[1.10]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expense have been restated to reflect current fees and expenses.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.75% (Class A), 2.50% (Class C), 1.50% (Class I), 1.95% (Class R3), 1.65% (Class R4), 1.35% (Class R5) and 1.30% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of companies in emerging markets. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), uses a quantitative multifactor approach to bottom-up stock selection, using a broad set of individual fundamental stock characteristics to model each stock’s relative attractiveness, with a focus on those factors that have been demonstrated historically to drive market returns. The Fund will typically seek to maintain representation in each major industry represented in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, although the extent of that representation may vary. As a result of this structure, the Fund will typically be broadly diversified. The Fund has no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. Securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and may trade in both U.S. and foreign markets. The Fund will invest in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of depositary receipts or other securities that are convertible into securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may invest in opportunities across the market capitalization spectrum. The Fund may trade securities actively.

Depositary Receipts Risk − The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of depositary receipts or other securities that are convertible into securities of foreign issuers, including Depositary Receipts that are not sponsored by a financial institution (“Unsponsored Depositary Receipts”). Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. Unsponsored Depositary Receipts are also subject to the risk that there may be less information available regarding their issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Reflect the Fund's performance when the Fund pursued a modified investment strategy prior to May 7, 2015.

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: aq9mu83k6j7jnumgeb8g6663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

Lifetime (since
05/31/11)

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[___]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[___]%

Class I

[___]%

Class R3

[___]%

Class R4

[___]%

Class R5

[___]%

Class Y

[___]%

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[___]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	David J. Elliott, CFA			Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investment Management and Portfolio Manager			2015

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.78]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.25% (Class A), 2.00% (Class B), 2.00% (Class C), 1.00% (Class I), 1.35% (Class R3), 1.05% (Class R4), 0.95% (Class R5) and 0.90% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks its investment objective by normally investing at least 65% of its net assets in common stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Fund may also invest without limitation in equity securities of foreign issuers located anywhere in the world and non-dollar securities, including companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), utilizes fundamental analysis to select stocks on the basis of potential for capital appreciation.

Under normal circumstances, at least 40% (and normally not less than 30%) of the Fund’s net assets will be invested in or exposed to foreign securities or derivative instruments with exposure to foreign securities of at least three different countries outside the United States. Investments are deemed to be “foreign” if: (a) an issuer’s domicile or location of headquarters is in a foreign country; (b) an issuer derives a significant proportion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a foreign country or has at least 50% of its assets situated in a foreign country; (c) the principal trading market for a security is located in a foreign country; or (d) it is a foreign currency. The Fund’s investments in derivative securities, exchange traded funds (ETFs) and exchange traded notes (ETNs) will be considered to be “foreign” if the underlying assets represented by the investment are determined to be foreign using the foregoing criteria.

The Fund employs a multiple sleeve structure, which means the Fund has several components that are managed separately using different investment styles. Each component sleeve has a distinct investment philosophy and analytical process to identify specific securities for purchase or sale based on internal, proprietary research. Each component sleeve seeks growth of capital. Wellington Management does not allocate a set percentage to any specific sleeve but instead seeks a flexible and diversified Fund profile. Together the investment strategies represent a wide range of investment philosophies, companies, industries and market capitalizations.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: tdacbmhntsl578ohirno8663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

MSCI All Country World Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

The Fund has employed a multiple portfolio manager structure since its inception in 2005. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below:

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Kent M. Stahl, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2010
Gregg R. Thomas, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2013
Michael T. Carmen, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2005
David W. Palmer, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2005
Frank D. Catrickes, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2005
Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2005
Saul J. Pannell, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2005

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford Global Equity Income Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks a high level of current income consistent with growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.75]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.25% (Class A), 2.00% (Class B), 2.00% (Class C), 1.00% (Class I), 1.45% (Class R3), 1.15% (Class R4), 0.85% (Class R5) and 0.80% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities of dividend-paying companies with market capitalizations above $2 billion. The Fund’s investment approach is based on the sub-adviser’s, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), fundamental analysis of dividend-paying companies with market capitalizations generally above $2 billion that have below average estimated price-to-earnings ratios. Wellington Management uses a contrarian investment approach focused on longer-term fundamentals to create a portfolio of investments with an above-market projected total return that are trading at a discount to the market. To assess total return potential, Wellington Management intensively analyzes a company’s prospects against its valuation and in so doing focuses on the dividend yield and price/earnings ratio that Wellington Management believes the stock should command in the marketplace. Portfolio construction is driven primarily by security selection, and the key stock selection criterion is total return potential, which is a combination of earnings growth and dividend yield. Within the strategy, the contribution to total return from dividends is given added weight.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Past Performance. The performance information below indicates the risks of investing in the Fund. Keep in mind that past performance does not indicate future results. Updated performance information is available at www.hartfordfunds.com.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Reflect the Fund’s performance when the Fund pursued a different investment objective and investment strategy prior to June 1, 2014

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: nsijh7ucbkimp773hbuoc663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

Lifetime (since
02/29/08)

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[___]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[___]%

Class C

[___]%

Class I

[___]%

Class R3

[___]%

Class R4

[___]%

Class R5

[___]%

Class Y

[___]%

MSCI All Country World Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[___]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Ian R. Link, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2014
W. Michael Reckmeyer, III, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2014

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford International Equity Fund (formerly, Hartford International Capital Appreciation Fund)

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.70]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees and expenses.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.19% (Class A), 1.94% (Class B), 1.94% (Class C), 0.89% (Class I), 1.49% (Class R3), 1.19% (Class R4), 0.89% (Class R5) and 0.79% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in foreign equity securities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities or equity-related securities, including derivative investments that provide exposure to equity securities. The Fund seeks to outperform the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index. The Fund diversifies its investments among a broad range of companies in a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. Securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and may trade in both U.S. and foreign markets. The Fund may invest in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization, and may trade securities actively.

The Fund employs a multiple sleeve structure, which means the Fund has several components that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), manages using different investment styles. Each component sleeve has a distinct investment philosophy and analytical process to identify specific securities for purchase or sale. With respect to certain sleeves, Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to select equity securities on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Wellington Management uses systematic screening methodologies to select equity securities based on their volatility characteristics for other sleeves. Wellington

Management does not allocate a set percentage to any specific sleeve but instead seeks a flexible and diversified Fund profile. Together the strategies represent a wide range of investment philosophies, companies, industries, and market capitalizations.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Reflect the Fund's performance when the Fund pursued a modified investment strategy prior to August 13, 2015.

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: e3go3a9mfut5hn3i76cbh663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

Lifetime (since
06/30/08)

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

The Fund has employed a multiple portfolio manager structure since its inception in 2008. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below:

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Kent M. Stahl, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2010
Gregg R. Thomas, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Investment Strategy and Risk	2013

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford International Growth Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.85]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.30% (Class A), 2.05% (Class B), 2.05% (Class C), 1.00% (Class I), 1.60% (Class R3), 1.30% (Class R4), 1.00% (Class R5) and 0.95% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in companies that Wellington Management Company LLP ("Wellington Management") believes are globally competitive and exhibit growth potential (including companies whose return on capital potential Wellington Management believes is being underappreciated or misunderstood by the market). Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 65% of its net assets in equity securities, including non-dollar securities, of foreign issuers. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different sectors and countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each sector or country. Although some consideration is given to ensuring sector and country diversification, allocation of investments among sectors and countries is primarily the result of security selection. The Fund may invest up to the greater of 25% or the weight of emerging markets in the MSCI All Country World ex USA Growth Index plus 15% of its net assets in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in a broad range of market capitalizations generally greater than $1 billion. The Fund may trade securities actively. The Fund employs a multiple portfolio manager structure whereby the portfolio is divided into segments, each under a separate portfolio manager or team with its own approach.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: t833fq9biusrudsfn0pjs663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average Annual Total Returns. The table below shows returns for the Fund over time compared to those of three broad-based market indices. After-tax returns, which are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes, are shown only for Class A shares and will vary for other classes. Actual after-tax returns, which depend on an investor’s particular tax situation, may differ from those shown and are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[___]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[___]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[___]%

Class C

[___]%

Class I

[___]%

Class R3

[___]%

Class R4

[___]%

Class R5

[___]%

Class Y

[___]%

MSCI All Country World ex USA Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[___]%

MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

[___]%

MSCI EAFE Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[___]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
John A. Boselli, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2009
Tara Connolly Stilwell, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2015

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford International Opportunities Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.68]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.30% (Class A), 2.05% (Class B), 2.05% (Class C), 1.05% (Class I), 1.50% (Class R3), 1.20% (Class R4), 0.90% (Class R5), 0.85% (Class R6) and 0.85% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in stocks issued by non-U.S. companies that trade in foreign markets that are generally considered to be well established. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and generally are traded in foreign markets. The Fund may invest up to the greater of 25% or the weight of emerging markets in the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (“MSCI AC World ex USA Index”) plus 10% of its net assets in companies domiciled in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in opportunities across the market capitalization spectrum, but under normal circumstances invests primarily in mid and large capitalization companies, resulting in a portfolio with market capitalization characteristics in the range of the MSCI AC World ex USA Index. The Fund may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), conducts fundamental research on individual companies to identify securities for purchase or sale.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: a1m2k5khcim4vqa4k2eft663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on May 30, 2008 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. Class R6 shares commenced operations on November 7, 2014 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____%

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____%

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class R6

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2000
Tara Connolly Stilwell, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2008

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford International Small Company Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.90]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.60% (Class A), 2.35% (Class B), 2.35% (Class C), 1.35% (Class I), 1.65% (Class R3), 1.35% (Class R4), 1.05% (Class R5) and 1.00% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities, including non-dollar securities, of foreign small-capitalization companies. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The Fund’s investment approach is to invest in equity securities of foreign issuers that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), believes have significant potential for capital appreciation.

The Fund defines small capitalization companies as companies with a market capitalization within the range of the S&P EPAC SmallCap Index. As of December 31, 2015, this range was approximately $[__] million to $[__] billion. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: c12n4n4ct4sotdlr68it2663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([__] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Class I shares commenced operations on May 31, 2007 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on May 28, 2010 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

S&P EPAC SmallCap Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Simon H. Thomas	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2002
Daniel Maguire, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst	2004

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford International Value Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

5.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.84]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.40% (Class A), 2.15% (Class C), 1.15% (Class I), 1.60% (Class R3), 1.30% (Class R4), 1.00% (Class R5) and 0.95% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers, including non-dollar securities and securities of emerging market issuers. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), uses fundamental analysis to screen for companies it believes represent attractive investments due to low price, low valuation and/or low market expectations. The sub-adviser focuses on stocks that trade at a discount to market value that the sub-adviser believes are undervalued. The Fund may invest among a number of different sectors and countries throughout the world with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in any one sector or country. The Fund may invest in securities of issuers of any market capitalization, including small capitalization securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in issuers that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets.

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, the Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Equity Risk − The risk that the price of equity or equity related securities may decline due to changes in a company's financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: ui8u3d4ufhgegkgdub1ho663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__]) Lowest [___]% ([___] quarter, 20[__])

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

Lifetime (since
05/28/10)

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

MSCI EAFE Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
or taxes)

[____]%

MSCI EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
James H. Shakin, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2013
Andrew M. Corry, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager	2013

Purchase and sale of fund shares. The Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares will be allowed, other than as follows: (i) purchases by shareholders of record of the Fund as of November 28, 2014 to add to their existing Fund accounts through subsequent purchases or through exchanges from other Hartford Funds; (ii) purchases through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions; (iii) purchases by existing shareholders, or exchanges into the Fund by shareholders of other Hartford Funds, through participation in broker/dealer wrap-fee programs (i.e., certain approved broker/dealer wrap-fee programs can place new shareholders into the Fund); (iv) purchases by Section 529 plans that currently include the Fund within one or more of their investment options; (v) purchases by Hartford Funds’ fund of funds; (vi) purchases by qualified employee benefit plans, such as 401(k), 403(b), 457 plans and health savings account programs (and their successor, related and affiliated plans) that have made the Fund available to participants on or before November 28, 2014; and (vii) purchases by certain financial institutions or financial intermediary firms that have been pre-approved by Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, prior to the close of business on November 28, 2014, to purchase shares of the Fund on behalf of their clients. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks

Additional information regarding the principal investment strategy and other investment policies for each of Hartford Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Emerging Markets Equity Fund”), Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund (the “Global Capital Appreciation Fund”), Hartford Global Equity Income Fund (the “Global Equity Income Fund”), Hartford International Equity Fund (the “International Equity Fund”), The Hartford International Growth Fund (the “International Growth Fund”), The Hartford International Opportunities Fund (the “International Opportunities Fund”), The Hartford International Small Company Fund (the “International Small Company Fund”) and The Hartford International Value Fund (the “International Value Fund”) (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”) is provided below.

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of companies in emerging markets. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses a quantitative multifactor approach to bottom-up stock selection, using a broad set of individual fundamental stock characteristics to model each stock’s relative attractiveness, with a focus on those factors that have been demonstrated historically to drive market returns. The Fund will typically seek to maintain representation in each major industry represented in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, although the extent of that representation may vary. As a result of this structure, the Fund will typically be broadly diversified. The Fund has no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. Securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and may trade in both U.S. and foreign markets. The Fund will invest in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of depositary receipts or other securities that are convertible into securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may invest in opportunities across the market capitalization spectrum. The Fund may trade securities actively.

Global Capital Appreciation Fund

The Fund seeks its investment objective by normally investing at least 65% of its net assets in common stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Fund may also invest without limitation in equity securities of foreign issuers located anywhere in the world and non-dollar securities, including companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses fundamental analysis to select stocks on the basis of potential for capital appreciation.

The Fund’s diversified portfolio of equity securities is evaluated using what is sometimes referred to as a “bottom up” approach, which is the use of fundamental analysis to identify specific securities for purchase or sale. In analyzing a prospective investment, Wellington Management looks at a number of factors, such as business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues, dividends and other related measures of valuation and growth potential. As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may invest in private placements.

Global Equity Income Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities of dividend-paying companies with market capitalizations above $2 billion. The Fund’s investment approach is based on the sub-adviser’s, Wellington Management, fundamental analysis of dividend-paying companies with market capitalizations generally above $2 billion that have below average estimated price-to-earnings ratios. Wellington Management uses a contrarian investment approach focused on longer-term fundamentals to create a portfolio of investments with an above-market projected total return that are trading at a discount to the market. To assess total return potential, Wellington Management intensively analyzes a company’s prospects against its valuation and in so doing focuses on the dividend yield and price/earnings ratio that Wellington Management believes the stock should command in the marketplace. Portfolio construction is driven primarily by security selection, and the key stock selection criterion is total return potential, which is a combination of earnings growth and dividend yield. Within the strategy, the contribution to total return from dividends is given added weight.

In analyzing a prospective investment, Wellington Management uses what is sometimes referred to as a “bottom-up” approach, which is the use of fundamental analysis to identify specific securities for purchase or sale. Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of valuation and growth potential. Wellington Management may favor certain industries at times based upon the relative attractiveness of stocks within those industries, macroeconomic factors, or the availability of stocks at attractive prices.

International Equity Fund

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in foreign equity securities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities or equity-related securities, including derivative investments that provide exposure to equity securities. The Fund seeks to outperform the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index. The Fund diversifies its investments among a broad range of companies in a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. Securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and may trade in both U.S. and foreign markets. The Fund may invest in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization, and may trade securities actively.

The Fund employs a multiple sleeve structure, which means the Fund has several components that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, manages using different investment styles. Each component sleeve has a distinct investment philosophy and analytical process to identify specific securities for purchase or sale. With respect to certain sleeves, Wellington Management uses fundamental analysis to select equity securities on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Wellington Management uses systematic screening methodologies to select equity securities based on their volatility characteristics for other sleeves. Wellington Management does not allocate a set percentage to any specific sleeve but instead seeks a flexible and diversified Fund profile. Together the strategies represent a wide range of investment philosophies, companies, industries, and market capitalizations.

Wellington Management chooses certain equity securities in which the Fund invests using what is sometimes referred to as a “bottom up” approach, which is the use of fundamental analysis to identify specific securities for

purchase or sale. In analyzing a prospective investment, Wellington Management looks at a number of factors, such as business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues, dividends and other related measures of valuation and growth potential. Wellington Management also employs systematic screening methodologies to select equity securities based on factors that include, but are not limited, volatility, liquidity, overlap and turnover. As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may invest in private placements.

International Growth Fund

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in companies that Wellington Management believes are globally competitive and exhibit growth potential (including companies whose return on capital potential Wellington Management believes is being underappreciated or misunderstood by the market). Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 65% of its net assets in equity securities, including non-dollar securities, of foreign issuers. The Fund may use forward currency contracts to attempt to mitigate the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different sectors and countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each sector or country. Although some consideration is given to ensuring sector and country diversification, allocation of investments among sectors and countries is primarily the result of security selection. The Fund may invest up to the greater of 25% or the weight of emerging markets in the MSCI All Country World ex USA Growth Index plus 15% of its net assets in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in a broad range of market capitalizations generally greater than $1 billion. The Fund may trade securities actively. The Fund employs a multiple portfolio manager structure whereby the portfolio is divided into segments, each under a separate portfolio manager or team with its own approach. Each investment approach is focused on capital appreciation, and together the investment strategies represent an opportunistic, diversified fund profile that invests in globally competitive companies. The team and global industry analysts research the universe of international equities investments to seek to identify companies that they believe exhibit industry leadership and strong management, attractive returns on capital, above expected revenue growth, and/or clear earnings drivers.

International Opportunities Fund

The Fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in stocks issued by non-U.S. companies that trade in foreign markets that are generally considered to be well established. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The securities in which the Fund invests are denominated in both U.S. dollars and foreign currencies and generally are traded in foreign markets. The Fund may invest up to the greater of 25% or the weight of emerging markets in the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index (“MSCI AC World ex USA Index”) plus 10% of its net assets in companies domiciled in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in opportunities across the market capitalization spectrum, but under normal circumstances invests primarily in mid and large capitalization companies, resulting in a portfolio with market capitalization characteristics in the range of the MSCI AC World ex USA Index. The Fund may trade securities actively. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, conducts fundamental research on individual companies to identify securities for purchase or sale.

Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures and indicators of value. The Fund seeks to invest in companies with underappreciated assets, improving return on capital and/or stocks that it believes are mispriced by the market due to short-term issues. This proprietary research takes into account each company’s long-term history as well as Wellington Management’s analysts’ forward-looking estimates, and allows for a comparison of the intrinsic value of stocks on a global basis focusing on return on invested capital in conjunction with other valuation metrics. Portfolio construction is driven primarily by bottom-up stock selection, with region, country and sector weightings being secondary factors.

As of December 31, 2015, the range of market capitalizations of companies in the MSCI AC World ex USA Index was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion. The Fund may also invest in depositary receipts.

International Small Company Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities, including non-dollar securities, of foreign small-capitalization companies. The Fund diversifies its investments among a number of different countries throughout the world, with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in each country. The Fund’s investment approach is to invest in equity securities of foreign issuers that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management, believes have significant potential for capital appreciation.

The Fund defines small capitalization companies as companies with a market capitalization within the range of the S&P EPAC SmallCap Index. As of December 31, 2015 this range was approximately $[___] million to $[___] billion. The Fund

may invest up to 15% of its net assets in securities of companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets.

Wellington Management uses its proprietary global research capabilities to identify stocks for the portfolio. The investment approach is driven by intensive bottom-up, fundamental research and a disciplined, industry-based approach to valuation. The vast majority of research is developed internally. Meeting company management and understanding historical financial statements is essential to the process.

Wellington Management looks to identify companies that it believes have a high degree of recurring profitability, sustainably high or growing returns on capital, and strong or improving balance sheets. Non-consensus insights are emphasized such as the size of the addressable market, an ability to grow faster than the market thinks, or the capacity to sustain profitability at a higher level than is discounted. Investment candidates either have potential growth that is underestimated by the market, or have been cast aside by the market but have an identifiable catalyst for recovery.

Valuation analysis focuses on uncovering the intrinsic value of companies, and Wellington Management buys companies that it believes are attractive on an absolute basis. Wellington Management applies different valuation metrics across different industries, but the same metrics are applied globally to any one industry. Sell decisions are based on changing fundamentals or valuations, or on finding better opportunities for the portfolio. Industry weights are likely to favor sectors in which smaller companies have long-term competitive advantages or are expected to benefit from extended growth opportunities.

International Value Fund

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers, including non-dollar securities and securities of emerging market issuers. The sub-adviser, Wellington Management, uses fundamental analysis to screen for companies it believes represent attractive investments due to low price, low valuation and/or low market expectations. The sub-adviser focuses on stocks that trade at a discount to market value that the sub-adviser believes are undervalued. The Fund may invest among a number of different sectors and countries throughout the world with no limit on the amount of assets that may be invested in any one sector or country. The Fund may invest in securities of issuers of any market capitalization, including small capitalization securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in issuers that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets.

The securities in which the Fund may invest include real estate related securities, convertible bonds, preferred stock, rights, warrants, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), and similar liquid equity equivalents, as well as debt securities, cash and cash equivalents, and derivative instruments. The Fund may also use derivatives investments for both hedging purposes and to gain exposure to certain issuers or market sectors. The derivatives in which the Fund may invest may include exchange and over-the-counter traded transactions including, but not limited to, swaps, forward contracts, options, currency derivatives (including currency forwards, futures, options and spot transactions) and similar derivatives instruments or combinations thereof.

Wellington Management employs a “bottom-up” approach to investing, which uses fundamental analysis to select specific securities from a variety of industries. The approach focuses on companies that Wellington Management believes have above average total return prospects but currently have low market expectations, trade at low relative price and have low absolute valuations relative to history. Fundamental analysis of a company involves the assessment of such factors as its business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and other related measures or indicators of value. When making investments, Wellington Management seeks companies that its believes are overlooked or misunderstood in viable, growing businesses with solid financial strength. In addition, typical candidates for investment are often in industries that Wellington Management believes are temporarily out of favor and under-researched by institutions.

Portfolio construction is driven primarily by security selection. Secondary consideration is given to economic analysis in establishing sector and industry weightings.

Use of Cash or Money Market Investments

Consequences of Portfolio Trading Practices

About Each Fund’s Investment Objective

Investment Policies

Each of Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Global Equity Income Fund, International Equity Fund and International Small Company Fund has a name that suggests a focus on a particular type of investment. In accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each of these Funds has adopted a policy that it will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its assets, which means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments of the type suggested by its name, as set forth in the Fund’s Principal Investment Strategy section. This requirement is applied at the time a Fund invests its assets. If, subsequent to an investment by a Fund, this requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this requirement. In addition, in appropriate circumstances, synthetic investments may count toward the 80% minimum if they have economic characteristics similar to the other investments included in the basket. A Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in such a manner is not a “fundamental” one, which means that it may be changed without the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares as defined in the 1940 Act. The name of a Fund may be changed at any time by a vote of the Fund’s Board of Directors. Shareholders will be given written notice at least 60 days prior to any change by a Fund of its 80% investment policy covered by Rule 35d-1.

Additional Investment Strategies and Risks

More Information About Risks

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

Emerging
Markets Equity
Fund

Global Capital
Appreciation
Fund

Global Equity
Income Fund

International
Equity Fund

Active Trading Risk

✓

—

✓

Asset Allocation Risk

—

✓

—

✓

Counterparty Risk

—

•

—

Currency Risk

✓

Depositary Receipts Risk

✓

—

•

—

Derivatives Risk

•

Forward Currency Contracts Risk

—

•

—

Futures and Options Risk

—

•

—

Hedging Risk

•

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk

—

✓

—

Equity Risk

✓

Mid Cap Securities Risk

—

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk

✓

•

✓

Small Cap Securities Risk

—

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) Risk

•

Foreign Investments Risk

✓

Emerging Markets Risk

✓

Growth Investing Style Risk

—

Illiquid Investments Risk

•

Investment Strategy Risk

✓

Large Shareholder Transaction Risk

•

Market Risk

✓

Other Investment Companies Risk

•

Private Placement Risk

—

•

—

•

Quantitative Investing Risk

✓

—

✓

Restricted Securities Risk

•

Use as Underlying Fund Risk

•

Value Investing Style Risk

—

✓

—

Volatility Risk

—

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

International
Growth Fund

International
Opportunities
Fund

International
Small Company
Fund

International
Value Fund

Active Trading Risk

✓

—

Asset Allocation Risk

✓

—

Counterparty Risk

—

Currency Risk

✓

Depositary Receipts Risk

—

•

—

Derivatives Risk

•

Forward Currency Contracts Risk

•

—

•

Futures and Options Risk

—

Hedging Risk

•

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk

—

Equity Risk

✓

Mid Cap Securities Risk

—

✓

•

—

Mid Cap and Small Cap Securities Risk

✓

—

✓

Small Cap Securities Risk

—

•

✓

—

✓ Principal Risk

• Additional Risk

— Not Applicable

International
Growth Fund

International
Opportunities
Fund

International
Small Company
Fund

International
Value Fund

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) Risk

•

Foreign Investments Risk

✓

Emerging Markets Risk

✓

•

✓

Growth Investing Style Risk

✓

—

Illiquid Investments Risk

•

Investment Strategy Risk

✓

Large Shareholder Transaction Risk

•

Market Risk

✓

Other Investment Companies Risk

•

Private Placement Risk

—

Quantitative Investing Risk

—

Restricted Securities Risk

•

Use as Underlying Fund Risk

•

Value Investing Style Risk

—

✓

Volatility Risk

—

✓

—

Depositary Receipts Risk − A Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of depositary receipts or other securities that are convertible into securities of foreign issuers. American Depositary Receipts are receipts typically issued by an American bank or trust company that evidence underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. European Depositary Receipts (issued in Europe) and Global Depositary Receipts (issued throughout the world) each evidence a similar ownership arrangement. A Fund may invest in Depositary Receipts that are not sponsored by a financial institution ("Unsponsored Depositary Receipts"). Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. The issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose information that is, in the United States, considered material. Therefore, there may be less information available regarding their issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Certain Funds may also invest in Global Depositary Notes (“GDNs”), a form of depositary receipt. GDNs emulate the terms (interest rate, maturity date, credit quality, etc.) of particular local bonds; however, they trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. Dollars. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary and holders of GDNs may have limited rights. Certain investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert bonds into GDNs and vice versa.

•

Counterparty/Credit Risk - The risk that the party on the other side of the transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to a Fund.

•

Currency Risk - The risk that changes in the exchange rate between currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

•

options are purchased over-the-counter, a Fund bears the risk that the counter-party that wrote the future or option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the contract. Such futures and options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, a Fund may have difficulty closing out its position or valuing the contract.

•

less certain growth prospects;

•

lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such stocks;

•

thin trading that could result in the stocks being sold at a discount or in small lots over an extended period of time;

•

limited product lines, markets or financial resources;

•

dependence on a few key management personnel;

•

increased sensitivity to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings;

•

difficulty in obtaining information on smaller capitalization companies as compared with larger capitalization companies;

•

greater sensitivity to changing economic conditions and increased risk of bankruptcy due to adverse developments or management changes affecting the company; and

•

greater difficulty borrowing money to continue or expand operations.

•

changes in currency exchange rates

•

changes in foreign or U.S. law or restrictions applicable to such investments and in exchange control regulations

•

increased volatility

•

substantially less volume on foreign stock markets and other securities markets

•

higher commissions and dealer mark-ups

•

inefficiencies in certain foreign clearance and settlement procedures that could result in an inability to execute transactions or delays in settlement

•

less uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards

•

less publicly available information about a foreign issuer or borrower

•

less government regulation

•

unfavorable foreign tax laws

•

political, social, economic or diplomatic developments in a foreign country or region

•

differences in individual foreign economies

•

geopolitical events may disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets

•

The risks outlined above are often more pronounced in “frontier markets” in which a Fund may invest. Frontier markets are those emerging markets that are considered to be among the smallest, least mature and least liquid. These factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than investing in other countries.

or other investment's value can change over time and these changes may not be reflected in the quantitative model. There can be no assurance that quantitative investing will help a Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Risks Related to the Fund of Funds Structure for Underlying Funds:

•

A fund-of-funds structure could increase or decrease gains and could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions you receive from a Fund for investments you make directly in the Fund.

•

Value Investing Style Risk − Using a value investing style to select investments involves special risks, particularly if it is used as part of a “contrarian” approach to evaluating issuers. Value investing seeks to identify companies that are priced below their intrinsic or prospective worth. Overlooked or otherwise undervalued securities entail a significant risk of never attaining their potential value. A value stock may decrease in price or may not increase in price as anticipated by the sub-adviser if it continues to be undervalued by the market or the factors that the sub-adviser believes will cause the stock price to increase do not occur. Also, the value investing style may over time go in and out of favor. At times when the value investing style is out of favor, a Fund may underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser

The Investment Manager

replacement. The exemptive order permits the Investment Manager to appoint a sub-adviser not affiliated with the Investment Manager with the approval of the respective Board of Directors and without obtaining approval from the respective Fund’s shareholders (the “Order”). Within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser, the respective Fund’s shareholders will receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship.

In addition, the Investment Manager and the Funds have applied for a new exemptive order from the SEC (the “New Order”), which would expand the relief provided under the Order and would permit the Investment Manager, on behalf of a Fund and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, to hire or terminate, and to modify any existing or future sub-advisory agreement with sub-advisers that are not affiliated with the Investment Manager (the "Current Relief") as well as sub-advisers that are indirect or direct, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Investment Manager or of another company that, indirectly or directly wholly owns the Investment Manager (the “Expanded Relief”). As with the Order, the New Order would require the respective Fund’s shareholders to receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser. There can be no guarantee that the SEC will grant the New Order. If granted, a Fund and the Investment Manager would not be entitled to rely on the Expanded Relief without first obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders are being asked to approve the New Order prospectively at a shareholder meeting expected to be held in March 2016. If the New Order is not approved by shareholders of a Fund, the Fund and the Investment Manager will continue to rely on the Current Relief.

The Investment Sub-Adviser

Portfolio Managers

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

David J. Elliott, CFA, Managing Director, Co-Director of Quantitative Investments, Director of Quantitative Portfolio Management and Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as a portfolio manager of the Fund since 2015. Mr. Elliott joined Wellington Management in 1995 and has been an investment professional since 1999.

Global Capital Appreciation Fund

Kent M. Stahl and Gregg R. Thomas select and oversee the Fund’s portfolio management team and determine how Fund assets are allocated among the team’s members. Portfolio managers are selected and allocations made using both qualitative and quantitative factors. Quantitative considerations include the use of proprietary and third-party risk models to assess exposures, including those to risk factors, market cap, and style. The selection and allocation process is ongoing with monitoring and formal reviews conducted on a regular basis. Qualitative inputs include the portfolio manager's style, conviction, and clarity of philosophy and process. Generally, a 3-5 year view is used when making allocation decisions for the portfolio; however, there are no specific requirements about how often an allocation or a manager is changed. Changes may be made at any time based on market conditions and/or Fund performance. The portfolio management team currently includes Michael T. Carmen, CFA, David W. Palmer, CFA, Frank D. Catrickes, CFA, Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch and Saul J. Pannell, CFA. Each portfolio manager is responsible for managing the portion of the Fund allocated to him by Mr. Stahl. The Sleeves are managed independently of each other and each portfolio manager has full discretion to manage his Sleeve.

The Fund has employed a multiple portfolio manager structure since its inception in 2005. The portfolio managers with the most significant responsibilities are set forth below.

Kent M. Stahl, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and oversees the allocation of assets among the Fund’s broad strategies and corresponding portfolio manager approaches. Mr. Stahl joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Gregg R. Thomas, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Investment Strategy and Risk of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since 2013. Mr. Thomas joined Wellington Management in 2001 and has been an investment professional since 2004.

Michael T. Carmen, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2005. Mr. Carmen joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1999.

David W. Palmer, CFA , Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2005. Mr. Palmer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Frank D. Catrickes, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2005. Mr. Catrickes joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2005. Mr. Choumenkovitch joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1995.

Saul J. Pannell, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management and securities analysis for the Fund since its inception in 2005. Mr. Pannell joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1974.

Global Equity Income Fund

The Fund is managed by the portfolio management team set forth below. Mr. Link is the Fund’s lead portfolio manager and is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. Mr. Link is assisted in managing and analyzing the Fund’s investments by Mr. Reckmeyer.

Ian R. Link, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2014. Mr. Link is an equity portfolio manager on the Value Team. Mr. Link joined Wellington Management in 2006.

W. Michael Reckmeyer, III, CFA Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager affiliated with Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2014. Mr. Reckmeyer joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

International Equity Fund

Kent M. Stahl and Gregg R. Thomas serve as the primary portfolio managers of the Fund and select and oversee the Fund’s portfolio management personnel and determine how Fund assets are allocated among the management teams. Allocations among teams are made using both qualitative and quantitative factors. Quantitative considerations include the use of proprietary and third-party risk models to assess exposures, including those to risk factors (including volatility), market cap, and style. The selection and allocation process is ongoing with monitoring and formal reviews conducted on a regular basis. Qualitative inputs include the team’s style, conviction, and clarity of philosophy and process. Generally, a 3 – 5 year view is used when making allocation decisions for the portfolio; however, there are no specific requirements about how often an allocation or a portfolio management team is changed. Changes may be made at any time based on market conditions and/or Fund performance. Each portfolio management team is responsible for managing the portion of the Fund allocated to it by Messrs. Stahl and Thomas (“Sleeve”). The Sleeves are managed independently of each other and each portfolio management team has full discretion to manage its Sleeve.

Kent M. Stahl, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Director, Investment Strategy and Risk of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and oversees the allocation of assets among the Fund’s broad strategies and corresponding portfolio manager approaches. Mr. Stahl joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1998.

International Growth Fund

The Fund employs a multiple portfolio manager structure whereby the Fund is divided into segments (“Sleeves”), each under a separate portfolio manager or team. The Fund’s portfolio managers are John Boselli, CFA and Tara Connolly Stilwell, CFA. The Sleeves are managed independently of each other and each portfolio manager has full discretion to manage its Sleeve. Allocations to a portfolio manager may change at any time based on market conditions and/or Fund performance.

John A. Boselli, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager affiliated with Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2009. Mr. Boselli joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2002.

Tara Connolly Stilwell, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2015. Ms. Stilwell is involved in the portfolio management of the International Opportunities Fund and is also a sleeve manager within the International Equity Fund. Ms. Stilwell joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2008.

International Opportunities Fund

Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as portfolio manager for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2000. Mr. Choumenkovitch joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1995.

Tara Connolly Stilwell, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2010 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2008. Ms. Stilwell joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2008.

International Small Company Fund

Simon H. Thomas, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has served as the portfolio manager for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2002. Mr. Thomas joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2002.

Daniel Maguire, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Research Analyst affiliated with Wellington Management, has been involved in portfolio management for the Fund since 2006 and has been involved in securities analysis for the Fund since 2004. Mr. Maguire joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2004.

International Value Fund

James H. Shakin, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been a portfolio manager for the Fund since 2013. Mr. Shakin joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1986.

Andrew M. Corry, CFA, Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management, has been a portfolio manager for the Fund since 2013. Mr. Corry joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1997.

Management Fee. Each Fund pays a monthly management fee to the Investment Manager as set forth in its investment advisory agreement at an annual rate based on the Fund’s average daily net asset value. The Investment Manager pays a sub-advisory fee to Wellington Management out of its advisory fee. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, each Fund paid the Investment Manager the following effective management fee as a percentage of average daily net assets:

Fund	Effective Management Fee
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		[____]%
Global Capital Appreciation Fund		[____]%
Global Equity Income Fund		[____]%
International Equity Fund		[____]%
International Growth Fund		[____]%
International Opportunities Fund		[____]%
International Small Company Fund		[____]%
International Value Fund		[____]%

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the investment management agreement for the Funds with the Investment Manager, as well as the investment sub-advisory agreement between the Investment Manager and the Funds’ sub-adviser, is available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015.

Classes of Shares

Each Fund offers the following classes of shares:

Fund

Class A

Class B(1)

Class C

Class I

Class R3

Class R4

Class R5

Class R6

Class Y

Emerging Markets
Equity Fund

✓

Global Capital
Appreciation Fund

✓

Global Equity
Income Fund

✓

International
Equity Fund

✓

International
Growth Fund

✓

International
Opportunities
Fund

✓

International
Small Company
Fund

✓

International
Value Fund (2)

✓

(1)

(2)

The Fund is closed to new investors until further notice. No purchases of the Fund’s shares are allowed, other than as described in the section entitled “Summary Sections – The Hartford International Value Fund-Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares.” Investors should contact their financial professional to determine whether they are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund. If you believe you are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund, you may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility. The Fund reserves the right to: (i) reject any purchase order if it believes that acceptance of such order would interfere with its ability to be effectively managed; (ii) reopen the Fund to new investors at a future date; and (iii) make additional exceptions, limit the above exceptions, or otherwise modify the foregoing closure policy for any reason. You may obtain additional information by calling Hartford Funds at: 1-888-843-7824.

Investor Requirements.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are generally available for purchase by all investors other than retirement plans, except as described below.

Purchases of Class A shares by certain retirement plans are permitted under the following circumstances:

•

If the plan is one of the following types of retirement plans and the plan was invested in or was offered as an investment option Class A shares at net asset value on or before June 30, 2007: (a) an employer-sponsored retirement plan with at least 100 participants or $500,000 in plan assets; (b) a retirement plan that buys Fund shares through a group variable funding agreement issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company; or (c) a retirement plan for which Hartford Life Insurance Company or an affiliate acts as plan administrator. These types of retirement plans may purchase Class A shares at net asset value without a sales charge; and

•

Employer sponsored retirement plans are also eligible to purchase Class R shares, as described below.

gains or dividends on Class B shares will continue to be reinvested in Class B shares of the Fund. For Class B shares outstanding as of the Close Date, all Class B share attributes, including the 12b-1 fee, contingent deferred sales charge schedule, and conversion to Class A shares remain unchanged.

Please contact your financial advisor or 1-888-843-7824 with any questions.

Class C Shares. Class C shares are generally available for purchase by all investors other than retirement plans.

Class I Shares. Class I shares are only offered:

•

Class Y Shares. Class Y shares are available only to certain eligible investors, as set forth below.

•

Class Y shares are offered to institutional investors, which include, but are not limited to:

•

Certain qualified employee benefit plans and other retirement savings plans

•

Non-profit organizations, charitable trusts, foundations and endowments

•

Accounts registered to bank trust departments, trust companies, registered investment advisers and investment companies that trade through an omnibus or similar account with a Fund

•

Choosing a Share Class

availability of the share class for purchase by you. Certain classes have higher expenses than other classes, which may lower the return on your investment when compared to a less expensive class. Your financial intermediary can help you decide.

Front End

Sales Charge

Deferred Sales Charge
(Load)

Distribution and Services
(12b-1) Fees(1)

Administrative
Fee(1)

Class A

Described under the
subheading “How Sales
Charges are Calculated”

0.25%

None

Class B (2)

None

Described under the
subheading “How Sales
Charges are Calculated”

1.00%

None

Class C (3)

None

1.00% on shares sold
within one year of
purchase

1.00%

None

Class I

None

Class R3

None

0.50%

0.20%

Class R4

None

0.25%

0.15%

Class R5

None

0.10%

Class R6

None

Class Y

None

(1)

As a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets.

(2)

Automatic conversion to Class A shares after eight years, thus reducing future annual expenses.

(3)

No automatic conversion to Class A shares, so annual expenses continue at the Class C level throughout the life of your investment.

How Sales Charges Are Calculated

Class A Shares. Class A shares pay sales charges and commissions to dealers for each Fund as follows. The offering price includes the front-end sales charge.

Your Investment	As a % of Offering Price		As a % of Net Investment		Dealer Commission- As Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $50,000		5.50%		5.82%		4.75%
$ 50,000 – $ 99,999		4.50%		4.71%		4.00%
$100,000 – $249,999		3.50%		3.63%		3.00%
$250,000 – $499,999		2.50%		2.56%		2.00%
$500,000 – $999,999		2.00%		2.04%		1.75%
$1 million or more(1)		0%		0%		0%

(1)

that month. The amount of any CDSC is based on the lesser of the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold and is not charged on shares you acquired by reinvesting your dividends and capital gains distributions. Each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC. This CDSC will not apply where the selling broker dealer was not paid a commission.

Retirement plans that owned or were offered Class A shares on or before June 30, 2007 are not subject to the Class A shares’ commission schedule and 1.00% CDSC.

Years After Purchase	CDSC
1st year		5.00%
2nd year		4.00%
3rd year		3.00%
4th year		3.00%
5th year		2.00%
6th year		1.00%
After 6 years	None

Years After Purchase	CDSC
1st year		1.00%
After 1 year	None

Sales Charge Reductions And Waivers

•

Accumulation Privilege – permits any qualifying investor to purchase Class A shares of any Hartford Fund (other than series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc. and Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc. (“Hartford HLS Funds”)) and 529 college savings plan accounts administered by The Hartford at the offering price that applies to the total of: (a) the dollar amount then being purchased plus (b) an amount equal to the then-current, as of the business day immediately prior to such purchases, net asset value of the purchaser’s holdings of all shares (other than Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class R6 and Hartford HLS Funds) and 529 college savings plan accounts administered by The Hartford. For purposes of this Privilege, a qualifying investor may include all shares owned by family members which — for accounts opened on or after August 16, 2004, — means the owner’s spouse (or legal equivalent recognized under state law) and any children under 21. For accounts opened before August 16, 2004, please see the SAI for more information. Employer-sponsored retirement plans or certain tax qualified retirements accounts may also receive these breakpoints as long as the Funds’ transfer agent or the financial intermediary is notified at the time of purchase. The Accumulation Privilege may be amended or terminated at any time as to subsequent purchases.

•

Letter Of Intent – lets you purchase Class A shares of a Fund over a 13-month period and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at once. Any person may use a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) to qualify for a reduced sales charge on purchases of Class A shares. Please note: (i) retirement plans that receive breakpoints at the plan level do not qualify for the LOI privilege and (ii) Class A shares acquired through the reinvestment of distributions do not constitute purchases for purposes of the LOI. A Class A shareholder may include, as an accumulation credit towards the completion of an LOI, the value of all shares of all funds of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc., The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc. and 529 college savings plan accounts administered by The Hartford owned by the shareholder as described above under “Accumulation Privilege.” Such value is determined based on the public offering price on the date of the LOI. During the term of a LOI, the Funds’ transfer agent will hold shares in escrow to secure payment of the higher sales charge applicable for shares actually purchased if you do not purchase the amount indicated on the LOI. Dividends and capital gains will be paid on all escrowed shares and these shares will be released when the amount indicated on the LOI has been purchased. A LOI does not obligate you to buy or a Fund to sell the indicated amount of the LOI. If a Class A shareholder exceeds the amount specified in the LOI and reaches an amount that would qualify for a further quantity discount, the applicable breakpoints in the Class A shares’ sales charge schedule will be applied to such additional Class A share purchases. Any resulting difference in offering price will be used to purchase additional Class A shares for the shareholder’s account at the applicable offering price. If the Class A shareholder does not purchase the amount specified in the LOI within thirty days after a written request by the Funds’ transfer agent, the Funds’ transfer agent will redeem an appropriate number of escrowed shares for an amount equal to the difference between the sales charge paid and the sales charge that would have been paid had the aggregate purchases been made at a single time. This redemption may be treated and reported as a taxable transaction to you, as discussed in the “Fund Distributions and Tax Matters” section of this prospectus. Purchases based on a LOI may include holdings as described above under “Accumulation Privilege.” Additional information about the terms of the LOI is available from your financial intermediary or from the Funds’ transfer agent at 1-888-843-7824.

Waivers For Certain Investors

Front-End Sales Charge − In order to receive the sales charge reductions or waivers discussed below, you must notify the Funds’ transfer agent of the reduction or waiver request when you place your purchase order. The Funds’ transfer agent may require evidence of your qualification for such reductions or waivers. Additional information about the sales charge reductions or waivers can be obtained from the Funds’ transfer agent. The Class A shares front-end sales charge may be reduced or waived for the following individuals and institutions:

•

financial representatives using Fund shares in fee-based investment products under a signed agreement with the Funds,

•

welfare benefit plans investing in Fund shares through group variable funding agreements issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company,

•

college savings programs that are qualified state tuition programs under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, and

•

CDSC Waivers. − As long as the Funds’ transfer agent is notified at the time you sell, the CDSC for each applicable share class will generally be waived in the following cases:

•

to make Systematic Withdrawal Plan payments that are limited annually to no more than 12% of the value of the account at the time the plan is initiated or updated.

•

for death or disability.

•

under reorganization, liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies.

•

under the following circumstances, for employer-sponsored retirement plans or tax qualified retirement accounts:

(1)

to return excess contributions,

(2)

hardship withdrawals as defined in employer-sponsored retirement plans,

(3)

under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in the Internal Revenue Code,

(4)

to meet minimum distribution requirements under the Internal Revenue Code,

(5)

to make “substantially equal payments” as described in Section 72(t) of the Internal Revenue Code, and

(6)

after separation from service.

•

for Class C shares only, for withdrawals made pursuant to loans taken from qualified retirement plans. Loans are defined by the retirement plan’s administrator at the time of the withdrawal.

Reinstatement Privilege

How To Buy And Sell Shares

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account

Each Fund offers the classes of shares described in “Classes of Shares” above and not all share classes discussed below may be available for each Fund.

Opening an Account

Read this prospectus carefully.

Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum investment amounts are as follows:

•

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 shares – no investment minimum and no subsequent investment minimum.

•

Class Y shares – $250,000 minimum initial investment. This requirement may be modified for certain investors. No subsequent investment minimum.

Make your initial investment selection. You or your financial intermediary can initiate any purchase, exchange or sale of shares.

Class C Shares Purchase Limits

be included. Dealers and other financial intermediaries purchasing shares for their customers in omnibus accounts are responsible for compliance with these limits. You should consult your financial adviser when choosing a share class.

Buying Shares

Class A, Class C and Class Y Shares:

•

Hartford Funds

P.O. Box 55022

Boston, MA 02205-5022

(For overnight mail)

Hartford Funds

30 Dan Road, Suite 55022

Canton, MA 02021-2809

•

By Wire – For complete instructions on how to purchase shares of Hartford Funds by wire, contact Hartford Funds at 1-888-843-7824.

Class I As previously mentioned, Class I shares are offered:

•

Selling Shares

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Y Shares:

•

For the following types of accounts, if you are selling Class A, Class B or Class C shares by letter, you must provide the following additional documentation:

•

403(b) – 403(b) Distribution Request Form.

•

Owners Or Trustees Of Trust Accounts – Call 1-888-843-7824 for instructions.

•

Administrators, Conservators, Guardians, and Other Sellers in Situations of Divorce or Death – Call 1-888-843-7824 for instructions.

Addresses

	Send Inquiries And Payments To:			Or By Overnight Mail To:			Phone Number:
	Hartford Funds P.O. Box 55022 Boston, MA 02205-5022 FAX: 1-888-802-0039			Hartford Funds 30 Dan Road, Suite 55022 Canton, MA 02021-2809			1-888-843-7824 or contact your financial intermediary or plan administrator for instructions and assistance.

Exchanging Shares

If you are a Class A, Class B or Class C shareholder, you may also:

•

Plan administrators and recordkeepers that are interested in an exchange privilege for R shares should call 1-888-843-7824 to determine whether such exchange privilege is available. Please note that (1) both accounts involved in the exchange must be identical, (2) you will need to observe eligibility requirements, and (3) the proper selling agreements must be in place. Plan participants should consult their plan administrator or plan recordkeeper to determine what exchange privileges are available.

Addresses

	Send Inquiries And Payments To:			Or By Overnight Mail To:			Phone Number:
	Hartford Funds P.O. Box 55022 Boston, MA 02205-5022 FAX: 1-888-802-0039			Hartford Funds 30 Dan Road, Suite 55022 Canton, MA 02021-2809			1-888-843-7824 or contact your financial intermediary or plan administrator for instructions and assistance.

Note for Retirement Plan Participants and Investors Whose Shares Are Held by Financial Intermediaries

Valuation of Shares

For purposes of calculating the NAV, portfolio securities and other assets held in each Fund’s portfolio for which market prices are readily available are valued at market value. Market value is generally determined on the basis of last reported trade prices or official close price. If no trades were reported, market value is based on prices obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers, or independent pricing services. If market prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, each Fund will use the fair value of the security or other instrument as determined in good faith under policies and procedures established by and under the supervision of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. (the “Company”). Market prices are considered not readily available where there is an absence of current or reliable market-based data (e.g., trade information or broker quotes), including where events occur after the close of the relevant market, but prior to the NYSE Close that materially affect the values of a Fund’s portfolio holdings or assets. In addition, market prices are considered not readily available when, due to extraordinary circumstances, the exchanges or markets on which the securities or other instruments trade, do not open for trading for the entire day and no other market prices are available. In addition, prices of foreign equities that are principally traded on certain foreign markets are adjusted daily pursuant to a fair value pricing service approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in order to reflect an adjustment for the factors occurring after the close of certain foreign markets but before the NYSE Close. Securities or other instruments that are primarily traded on foreign markets may trade on days that are not business days of the Funds. The value of the foreign securities or other instruments in which a Fund invests may change on days when a shareholder will not be able to purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. Fair value pricing is subjective in nature and the use of fair value pricing by a Fund may cause the NAV of its shares to differ significantly from the NAV that would have been calculated using market prices at the close of the exchange on which a portfolio holding is primarily traded. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to an investment if the Fund were to sell the investment at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV.

Fixed income investments (other than short-term obligations and senior floating rate interests) and non-exchange traded derivatives held by a Fund are normally valued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or independent pricing services in accordance with procedures established by the Company’s Board of Directors. Prices obtained from independent pricing services use information provided by market makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics. Senior floating rate interests generally trade in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets and are priced through an independent pricing service utilizing independent market quotations from loan dealers or financial institutions. Generally, a Fund may use fair valuation in regard to fixed income positions when the Fund holds defaulted or distressed investments or investments in a company in which a reorganization is pending. Short term investments maturing in 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost if their original term to maturity was 60 days or less, or by amortizing their value on the 61st day prior to maturity, if the original term exceeded 60 days.

significantly on a day that the NYSE is closed and the market value may change on days when an investor is not able to purchase, redeem or exchange shares of a Fund.

For additional information regarding particular types of investments, please see the “Determination of Net Asset Value” section of the SAI.

Buy and Sell Prices

When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charges. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV less any applicable sales charges.

Execution Of Requests

At times of peak activity, it may be difficult to place requests by phone. During these times, visit www.hartfordfunds.com or consider sending your request in writing.

Requests In “Good Order”

All purchase and redemption requests must be received by a Fund in “good order.” This means that your request must include:

•

Name, date of birth, residential address, and social security number.

•

The Fund name, share class and account number.

•

The amount of the transaction (in dollars or shares).

•

Signatures of all owners exactly as registered on the account (for mail requests).

•

Medallion signature guarantee or Signature Validation Program stamp (if required).

•

Any supporting legal documentation that may be required.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by Fund shareholders. The Hartford Funds’ policy is to discourage investors from trading in the Funds’ shares in an excessive manner that would be harmful to long-term investors and to make reasonable efforts to detect and deter excessive trading. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order at any time and for any reason, without prior written notice. Each Fund also reserves the right to revoke the exchange privileges of any person at any time and for any reason. In making such determinations, a Fund may consider an investor’s trading history in any of the Hartford Funds, including the person’s trading history in any accounts under a person’s common ownership or control. No system for the prevention and detection of market timing and other abusive trading activities can be expected to identify, address or eliminate all such activities in Fund shares.

It is the policy of the Funds to permit only two “substantive round trips” by an investor within any single Hartford Fund within a 90-day period. A substantive round trip is a purchase of or an exchange into a Hartford Fund and a redemption of or an exchange out of the same Hartford Fund in a dollar amount that the Funds’ transfer agent determines, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, could adversely affect the management of the Fund. When an additional purchase or exchange change order request for a Fund is received within the 90-day period, the requested transaction shall be rejected (unless such transaction was a transaction in an omnibus account that was identified, in accordance with the procedures described below, after it had already occurred). In addition, the person requesting such transaction shall be deemed an “Excessive Trader.” All exchange and purchase privileges of an Excessive Trader shall be suspended within such Fund for the first violation of the policy for a period of 90 days. For a second violation of the policy, the exchange and purchase privileges of the Excessive Trader shall be suspended indefinitely. If an Excessive Trader makes exchanges through a registered representative, in appropriate circumstances the Funds’ transfer agent may terminate the registered representative’s exchange and purchase privileges in Hartford Funds. The frequent trading limitations do not apply to the following: (1) any transaction not initiated by a shareholder or their registered representative; (2) transactions that are part of a systematic program; (3) automatic programs offered by the Funds, such as dollar cost averaging, dividend diversification and systematic withdrawals; (4) transactions of $1,000 or less; and (5) transactions that a Fund, in its discretion, determines are not abusive or harmful.

Certificated Shares

Shares are electronically recorded and, therefore, the Funds do not issue share certificates.

Account Closings

Sales In Advance of Purchase Payments

Special Redemptions

Abandoned Property

Payment Requirements – Class A, Class C and Class Y

All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks and made payable to Hartford Funds. You may not purchase shares with a starter or third party check.

If your check does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees that a Fund or the Distributor has incurred.

Account Statements

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Y In general, you will receive account statements as follows:

•

after every transaction (except certain automatic payment and redemption arrangements and dividend or distribution reinvestment) that affects your account balances

•

after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)

•

in all other circumstances, every quarter during which there is activity in your account, and at least annually

Every year you will also receive the appropriate tax reporting forms for the type of account you choose and the activity in your account.

Class I You will receive account and tax information statements, if applicable, from your financial intermediary pursuant to its policies or from the transfer agent.

Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class R6 You will receive statements and applicable tax forms from your plan administrator or broker pursuant to their policies.

Additional Investor Services – Class A, Class B and Class C

•

Dollar Cost Averaging Programs (DCA) let you set up monthly or quarterly exchanges from a Fund to the same class of shares of another Hartford Fund. To establish, complete the appropriate parts of your account application or the “Mutual Fund Dollar Cost Averaging Form.” Be sure that the amount is for $50 or more and that the accounts involved have identical registrations.

•

Duplicate Account Statements You may request copies of annual account summaries by calling 1-888-843-7824. A $20 fee may be charged for account summaries older than the preceding year.

•

Hartford Funds may stop your Automatic Investment Plan, Systematic Withdrawal Plan or Dollar Cost Averaging Program if we are unable to obtain an accurate address for your account.

Uncashed Checks Issued on Your Account

Retirement Plans

Hartford Funds are available through a range of retirement plans, including traditional and Roth IRAs, SIMPLE plans, SEPs and 401(k) plans. Using these plans, you can invest in any Hartford Fund. Minimum investment amounts may apply. To find out more, call 1-888-843-7824.

Distribution Arrangements

Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), serves as the principal underwriter for each Fund pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement approved by the Board of Directors. Shares of the Funds are continuously offered and sold by selected broker-dealers pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor, and such broker-dealers may in turn designate and authorize other financial intermediaries to offer and sell Fund shares. Except as discussed below, the Distributor (and not the Funds) bears the expenses of providing services pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, including the payment of expenses relating to the distribution of prospectuses for sales purposes, as well as any other advertising or sales literature. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Fund shares.

Distribution Plans – Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 Shares

The Board of Directors has approved the adoption of a separate distribution plan (each, a “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for each Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 shares. Under a Plan, Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R3 and Class R4 shares of a Fund, as applicable, bear distribution and/or service fees paid to the Distributor, some of which may be paid to select broker-dealers. Total compensation under a Plan may not exceed the maximum cap imposed by FINRA with respect to asset-based sales charges. Distribution fees paid to the Distributor may be spent on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of the respective Fund’s shares. Under a Plan, each Fund pays the Distributor the entire fee, regardless of the Distributor’s expenditures. Even if the Distributor’s actual expenditures exceed the fee payable to the Distributor at any given time, each Fund will not be obligated to pay more than that fee. If the Distributor’s actual expenditures are less than the fee payable to the Distributor at any given time, the Distributor may realize a profit from the arrangement.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Entities

Additional Payments may be used for various purposes and take various forms, such as:

•

Payments for putting Hartford Funds on a Financial Intermediary’s list of mutual funds available for purchase by its customers;

•

Payments for including Hartford Funds within a group that receives special marketing focus or placing Hartford Funds on a “preferred list”;

•

“Due diligence” payments for a Financial Intermediary’s examination of Hartford Funds and payments for providing extra employee training and information relating to Hartford Funds;

•

“Marketing support fees” for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Hartford Fund shares;

•

Sponsorships of sales contests and promotions where participants receive prizes such as travel awards, merchandise, cash or recognition;

•

Provision of educational programs, including information and related support materials;

•

Provision of computer hardware and software; and

•

Occasional meals and entertainment, tickets to sporting events, nominal gifts and travel and lodging (subject to applicable rules and regulations).

Servicing Intermediaries may also receive compensation for their services in the form of 12b-1 fees or administrative fees paid by the Hartford Funds.

As of [________], the Investment Manager, HASCO and/or their affiliates have entered into arrangements to pay Servicing Payments or makes Servicing Payments to the following entities: 401k ASP, Inc.; ACS HR Solutions, LLC; ADP Broker Dealer, Inc.; Alerus Financial; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Ascensus, Inc.; BB&T Securities; Benefit Plans Administrative Services, LLC; Benefit Trust Co.; BenefitStreet, Inc.; Capital Research and Management Company; Charles Schwab; CPI Qualified Plan Consultants, Inc.; Daily Access Corp.; D.A. Davidson & Co.; Davenport & Company LLC; Digital Retirement Solutions; Edward D. Jones & Co; Expert Plan, Inc.; Fidelity; Financial Data Services, Inc.; Gold Trust Company; Goldman Sachs & Co.; Great-West Financial Retirement Plan Services, LLC; GWFS Equities, Inc.; Hewitt Associates LLC; Hilliard Lyons; ICMA Retirement Corporation; International Clearing Trust Company; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC; LPL Financial Corporation; Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Mercer HR Services, LLC; Morgan Stanley & Co Inc.; Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation; MSCS Financial Services, LLC; Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.; Nationwide Retirement Solutions; Newport Group; New York Life Distributors, LLC.; Plan Administrators, Inc.; Oppenheimer & Co Inc., Pershing LLC; Principal Life Insurance Company; Prudential Insurance Company of America; Qualified Benefits Consultants; Raymond James & Associates Inc.; RBC Capital Markets Corporation; Reliance Trust Company; Robert W Baird & Co Inc.; Southwest Securities Inc.; Standard Retirement Services, Inc.; Stifel, Nicolaus &

Company Inc.; T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc. & T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc.; TD Ameritrade; TD Ameritrade Trust Company; Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America; The Retirement Plan Company, LLC; The Vanguard Group; Transamerica; UBS Financial Services Inc.; Valic Retirement Services Company; Voya Financial; Wells Fargo; and Wilmington Trust. The Investment Manager, HASCO and/or their affiliates may in the future enter into similar arrangements with other Servicing Intermediaries.

Fund Distributions and Tax Matters

Dividends and Distributions

Fund	Declaration and payment frequency of net investment income
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		Annually
Global Capital Appreciation Fund		Annually
Global Equity Income Fund		Quarterly
International Equity Fund		Annually
International Growth Fund		Annually
International Opportunities Fund		Annually
International Small Company Fund		Annually
International Value Fund		Annually

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Board of Directors has delegated authority to the Funds’ Treasurer to reduce the frequency with which dividends are declared and paid and to declare and make payments of long-term capital gains as permitted or required by law or in order to avoid tax penalties. Further, each Fund reserves the right to change its dividend distribution policy at the discretion of its Board of Directors. Unless shareholders specify otherwise, all dividends and distributions received from a Fund are automatically reinvested in additional full or fractional shares of that Fund.

Taxability Of Dividends

Unless your shares are held in a tax-advantaged account, dividends and distributions you receive from a Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Distributions from a Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you held your shares. Distributions from short-term capital gains and from ordinary income (other than certain qualified dividend income) are generally taxable as ordinary income. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in the Fund. A portion of dividends from ordinary income may qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations. Distributions from certain qualified dividend income generally are taxable to individuals at the same rates that apply to long-term capital gains, if certain holding period and other requirements are met. The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is currently generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.

Dividends and capital gains distributed by each Fund to tax-deferred retirement plan accounts are not taxable currently.

Taxability Of Transactions

Additional Information

Effective July 1, 2014, each Fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

Distributions from each Fund may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.

Legal Proceedings

underwriter, respectively, to the Hartford retail mutual funds. Although this action was purportedly filed on behalf of certain of the Hartford Funds, none of the Hartford Funds is itself a defendant to the suit. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011, the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amend the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of certain Hartford retail mutual funds, The Hartford Global Health Fund (now known as The Hartford Healthcare Fund), The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisers Fund (now known as The Hartford Balanced Fund), and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO filed a partial motion to dismiss the amended complaint and, in December 2012, the court dismissed without prejudice the claims regarding distribution fees and denied the motion with respect to the advisory fees claims. In March 2014, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that added as new plaintiffs The Hartford Floating Rate Fund and The Hartford Small Company Fund and named as a defendant HFMC, which assumed the role as investment manager to the funds as of January 2013. In March 2015, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that removed The Hartford Small Company Fund as a plaintiff. HFMC and HIFSCO dispute the allegations and have filed a motion for summary judgment. Plaintiff has filed a motion for partial summary judgment.

Performance Notes

The following notes supplement the performance table in the Summary Sections and provide additional information for understanding the returns provided in the table for each Fund.

Prior to January 1, 2013, each Fund was managed by HIFSCO, an affiliate of the Investment Manager. There was no change, however, to the personnel providing services to the Funds.

Global Equity Income Fund

Performance information prior to June 1, 2014 for the Global Equity Income Fund includes performance of the Fund when the Fund pursued a different investment objective and investment strategy.

International Equity Fund

Performance information prior to August 13, 2015 for the International Equity Fund includes performance of the Fund when the Fund pursued a modified investment strategy.

International Growth Fund

The Fund has changed its secondary benchmark from the MSCI EAFE Growth Index to the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index. The Investment Manager believes that the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index is a more appropriate secondary benchmark against which to measure performance.

Indices:

The indices are unmanaged, and their results include reinvested dividends and/or distributions, but do not reflect the effect of sales charges, commissions, expenses or taxes.

The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure equity market performance of emerging markets. The MSCI Emerging Markets Index consists of the following 21 emerging market country indices: Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Greece, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Russia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, and Turkey.

The MSCI All Country World Index captures large and mid cap representation across 23 developed markets and 23 emerging markets countries.

The MSCI All Country World ex USA Index is a broad-based, unmanaged, market capitalization weighted, total return index that measures the performance of both developed and emerging stock markets, excluding the U.S. The index is calculated to exclude companies and share classes which cannot be freely purchased by foreigners.

The MSCI All Country World ex USA Growth Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of both developed and emerging stock markets, excluding the U.S., of the growth securities within the MSCI All Country World ex USA Index.

The MSCI EAFE Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, excluding the U.S. & Canada. The MSCI EAFE Index consists of the following 21 developed market country indices: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.

The MSCI EAFE Growth Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure developed market equity performance (excluding the U.S. and Canada) of the growth securities within the MSCI EAFE Index.

The MSCI EAFE Value Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index that is designed to measure developed market equity performance (excluding the U.S. and Canada) of the value securities within the MSCI EAFE Index.

The S&P EPAC SmallCap Index is a global equity index comprised of the smallest 15% of each country’s market capitalization in the S&P BMI (Broad Market Index) Global Index. (The S&P BMI Global Index captures all companies in developed markets with free float market capitalization of at least $100 million as of the annual index reconstitution.) All developed market countries are included in the S&P EPAC SmallCap except the U.S. and Canada.

Related Composite Performance of the Emerging Markets Equity Fund

The following tables present the past performance of a composite of certain accounts managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. Wellington Management’s Emerging Market Systematic Equity composite consists of all fee paying accounts under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s Emerging Market Systematic Equity investment strategy that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The performance has been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of the Fund. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax. Because the gross performance data shown in the tables does not reflect the deduction of investment advisory fees paid by the accounts that make up the composite and certain other expenses that would be applicable to mutual funds, the net performance data may be more relevant to potential investors in the Fund in their analysis of the historical experience of Wellington Management in managing all Emerging Market Systematic Equity portfolios, with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses and the maximum Class A sales charge, the total annual fund operating expenses and the maximum sales charge payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales charges, only the total annual fund operating expenses payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. In each case, the expenses are higher than the highest management fee applicable to any account in the composite.

The accounts that are included in Wellington Management’s Emerging Market Systematic Equity composite are not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, the performance results for the composite may have been less favorable had it been regulated as an investment company under the federal securities laws.

The historical performance of Wellington Management’s Emerging Market Systematic Equity composite is not that of the Fund, is not a substitute for the Fund’s performance and is not necessarily indicative of any fund’s future results. Information about the past performance of the Fund appears in this prospectus under the heading “EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND — SUMMARY SECTION — PAST PERFORMANCE.” The performance of Wellington Management’s Emerging Market Systematic Equity composite represents its performance managing Emerging Market Systematic Equity portfolios, which, as described above, are those with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund.The Fund’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of the composite. The personnel who managed the accounts that make up the composite, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing the Fund.

Wellington Management Emerging Market Systematic Equity Composite Performance*

Average Annual Total Returns for the Periods Ended December 31, 2015:

1 Year

5 Years

Since Inception
(9/30/09)

Composite (Net of Class A expenses and maximum Class A sales
charge)

[____]%

Composite (Net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales
charges)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Total Returns For the Periods Ended December 31

2009* **

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Composite (Net of Class A expenses
and maximum Class A sales charge)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

MSCI Emerging Markets Index
(reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

This is not the performance of the Fund. As of December 31, 2015, the Emerging Market Systematic Equity composite was composed of [6] accounts, totaling approximately $[466] million.

Returns reflect performance beginning September 30, 2009.

Description of MSCI Emerging Markets Index

Related Composite Performance of the Global Equity Income Fund

The following tables present the past performance of a composite of certain accounts managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. Wellington Management’s Global Equity Income composite consists of all fee paying accounts under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s Global Equity Income investment strategy that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The performance has been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of the Fund. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax. Because the gross performance data shown in the tables does not reflect the deduction of investment advisory fees paid by the accounts that make up the composite and certain other expenses that would be applicable to mutual funds, the net performance data may be more relevant to potential investors in the Fund in their analysis of the historical experience of Wellington Management in managing all Global Equity Income portfolios, with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses and the maximum Class A sales charge, the total annual fund operating expenses and the maximum sales charge payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales charges, only the total annual fund operating expenses payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. In each case, the expenses are higher than the highest management fee applicable to any account in the composite.

The accounts that are included in Wellington Management’s Global Equity Income composite are not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, the performance results for the composite may have been less favorable had it been regulated as an investment company under the federal securities laws.

The historical performance of Wellington Management’s Global Equity Income composite is not that of the Fund, is not a substitute for the Fund’s performance and is not necessarily indicative of any fund’s future results. Information about the past performance of the Fund appears in this prospectus under the heading “HARTFORD GLOBAL EQUITY INCOME FUND – SUMMARY SECTION – PAST PERFORMANCE.” The performance of Wellington Management’s Global Equity Income composite represents its performance managing Global Equity Income portfolios, which, as described above, are those with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The Fund’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of the composite. The personnel who managed the accounts that make up the composite, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing the Fund.

Wellington Management Global Equity Income Composite Performance*

Average Annual Total Returns for the Periods Ended December 31, 2015:

Global Equity Income Fund

1 Year

5 Years

Since Inception
(2/29/08)

Composite (Net of Class A expenses and maximum Class A sales
charge)

[____]%

Composite (Net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales
charges)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

MSCI World Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

MSCI All Country World Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Total Returns For the Periods Ended December 31

2008* **

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Composite (Net of
Class A expenses and
maximum Class A
sales charge)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

MSCI World Index
(reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

MSCI All Country
World Index (reflects
no deduction for
fees, expenses or
taxes)

[____]%

This is not the performance of the Fund. As of December 31, 2015, the Global Equity Income composite was composed of [8] accounts, totaling approximately $[961] million.

Returns reflect performance beginning February 29, 2008.

Description of MSCI World Index

The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets. The MSCI World Index consists of 23 developed market country indices.

Description of MSCI All Country World Index

The MSCI All Country World Index captures large and mid cap representation across 23 developed markets and 23 emerging markets countries.

Related Composite Performance of the International Value Fund

The following tables present the past performance of a composite of certain accounts managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. Wellington Management’s International Contrarian Value composite consists of all fee paying accounts under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s International Contrarian Value investment strategy that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The performance has been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of the Fund. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax. Because the gross performance data shown in the tables does not reflect the deduction of investment advisory fees paid by the accounts that make up the composite and certain other expenses that would be applicable to mutual funds, the net performance data may be more relevant to potential investors in the Fund in their analysis of the historical experience of Wellington Management in managing all International Contrarian Value portfolios, with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses and the maximum Class A sales charge, the total annual fund operating expenses and the maximum sales charge payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales charges, only the total annual fund operating expenses payable by Class A shares of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. In each case, the expenses are higher than the highest management fee applicable to any account in the composite.

The accounts that are included in Wellington Management’s International Contrarian Value Income composite are not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, the performance results for the composite may have been less favorable had it been regulated as an investment company under the federal securities laws.

The historical performance of Wellington Management’s International Contrarian Value composite is not that of the Fund, is not a substitute for the Fund’s performance and is not necessarily indicative of any fund’s future results. Information about the past performance of the Fund appears in this prospectus under the heading “THE HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND – SUMMARY SECTION – PAST PERFORMANCE.” The performance of Wellington Management’s International Contrarian Value composite represents its performance managing International Contrarian Value portfolios, which, as described above, are those with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the Fund. The Fund’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of the composite. The personnel who managed the accounts that make up the composite, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing the Fund.

Wellington Management International Contrarian Value Composite Performance*

Average Annual Total Returns for the Periods Ended December 31, 2015:

International Value Fund

1 Year

5 Years

Since Inception
(11/30/2007)

Composite (Net of Class A expenses and maximum Class A sales
charge)

[____]%

Composite (Net of Class A expenses but excluding Class A sales
charges)

[____]%

Composite (Gross)

[____]%

MSCI EAFE Value Index

[____]%

MSCI EAFE Index

[____]%

For More Information

Two documents are available that offer further information on the Funds:

Annual/Semi-Annual Report To Shareholders

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

The Funds make available this prospectus, the SAI and annual/semi-annual reports free of charge, on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com.

By Mail:

Hartford Funds

P.O. Box 55022

Boston, MA 02205-5022

(For overnight mail)

Hartford Funds

30 Dan Road, Suite 55022

Canton, MA 02021-2809

By Phone:

1-888-843-7824

On The Internet:

hartfordfunds.com

Or you may view or obtain these documents from the SEC:

In Person:

At the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the SEC Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-202-551-8090.

By Mail:

Public Reference Section Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, DC 20549-1520

Requests which are made by mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

On the Internet or by E-Mail:

Internet: (on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet website) www.sec.gov

E-Mail: publicinfo@sec.gov

Requests which are made by e-mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

Investing In Mutual Funds:

Net Asset Value

Each Fund’s net asset value is available on a daily basis on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com.

SEC File Number

The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. 811-07589

MFPRO-IE16

March 1, 2016

Fixed Income Funds

Prospectus

March 1, 2016

[MISSING IMAGE: bg-fixed_cov913x961.jpg]

Class A

Class B

Class C

Class I

Class R3

Class R4

Class R5

Class R6

Class Y

Hartford Duration-Hedged Strategic Income Fund

HABEX

—

HABGX

HABHX

HABJX

HABKX

HABLX

—

HABIX

The Hartford Emerging Markets Local Debt Fund

HLDAX

—

HLDCX

HLDIX

HLDRX

HLDSX

HLDTX

—

HLDYX

The Hartford Floating Rate Fund

HFLAX

HFLBX

HFLCX

HFLIX

HFLRX

HFLSX

HFLTX

—

HFLYX

The Hartford Floating Rate High Income Fund

HFHAX

—

HFHCX

HFHIX

HFHRX

HFHSX

HFHTX

—

HFHYX

The Hartford High Yield Fund

HAHAX

HAHBX

HAHCX

HAHIX

HAHRX

HAHSX

HAHTX

—

HAHYX

The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund

HIPAX

HIPBX

HIPCX

HIPIX

HIPRX

HIPSX

HIPTX

—

HIPYX

Hartford Municipal Income Fund

HMKAX

—

HMKCX

HMKIX

—

The Hartford Municipal Opportunities Fund

HHMAX

HHMBX

HHMCX

HHMIX

—

The Hartford Municipal Real Return Fund

HTNAX

HTNBX

HTNCX

HTNIX

—

HTNYX

Hartford Municipal Short Duration Fund

HMJAX

—

HMJCX

HMJIX

—

The Hartford Quality Bond Fund

HQBAX

—

HQBCX

HQBIX

HQBRX

HQBSX

HQBTX

—

HQBYX

The Hartford Short Duration Fund

HSDAX

HSDBX

HSDCX

HSDIX

HSDRX

HSDSX

HSDTX

—

HSDYX

The Hartford Strategic Income Fund

HSNAX

HSNBX

HSNCX

HSNIX

HSNRX

HSNSX

HSNTX

HSNVX

HSNYX

The Hartford Total Return Bond Fund

ITBAX

ITBBX

HABCX

ITBIX

ITBRX

ITBUX

ITBTX

ITBVX

HABYX

The Hartford Unconstrained Bond Fund

HTIAX

HTIBX

HTICX

HTIIX

HTIRX

HTISX

HTITX

—

HTIYX

The Hartford World Bond Fund

HWDAX

—

HWDCX

HWDIX

HWDRX

HWDSX

HWDTX

HWDVX

HWDYX

HARTFORD FUNDS

P.O. BOX 55022

BOSTON, MA 02205-5022

Hartford Duration-Hedged Strategic Income Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income and long-term total return while seeking to reduce exposure to interest rate risk.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.10]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Acquired Fund fees and
expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses(2)

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

“Total annual fund operating expenses” do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to average net assets that is disclosed in the Fund’s annual report in the financial highlights table, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund fees and expenses.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.15% (Class A), 1.90% (Class C), 0.90% (Class I), 1.45% (Class R3), 1.15% (Class R4), 0.85% (Class R5) and 0.75% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in Class Y shares of The Hartford Strategic Income Fund (“Underlying Fund”). The Fund also seeks to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk by hedging much of the Fund’s duration through the use of derivative transactions. The Underlying Fund invests primarily in domestic and foreign debt securities that Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), the sub-adviser to the Fund and the Underlying Fund, considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering total return. The Underlying Fund normally invests in non-investment grade debt securities (also known as “junk bonds”), highly rated securities and foreign securities, including those from emerging markets. The Underlying Fund may invest in other asset classes of U.S. or foreign issuers, including, but not limited to, bank loans or loan participation interests in secured, second lien or unsecured variable, fixed or floating rate loans, securitized debt (such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (which may include “to-be-announced” investments)), convertible securities, preferred stock, and common stock. The Underlying Fund may use derivatives including futures contracts, swaps, options and forward foreign currency contracts, to manage portfolio risk, for efficient replication of securities the Underlying Fund could buy or for other investment purposes. The Underlying Fund will generally hold a diversified portfolio of investments in various sectors, although the Underlying Fund is not required to invest in all sectors at all times and may invest 100% of its net assets in one sector if conditions warrant. The Underlying Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity or duration.

returns to be more volatile than those of the Underlying Fund, since the Fund’s returns will be more exposed to credit spread risk. In addition, although the Fund is designed to have lower interest rate risk than the Underlying Fund, the Fund will continue to have some exposure to interest rate risk.

Fund of Funds Risk − The Fund invests primarily in the Underlying Fund, and the Fund’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of the Underlying Fund. The ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to the ability of the Underlying Fund to meet its objectives as well as the sub-adviser’s allocation to that Underlying Fund. The Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the Underlying Fund in proportion to its investment and changes in the value of the Underlying Fund may have a significant effect on the net asset value of the Fund. The Fund’s investment in the Underlying Fund also may increase the Fund’s expenses in the amount of the Fund’s pro rata share of the Underlying Fund’s expenses.

Market Risk − Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Underlying Fund or Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to the activities and financial prospects of individual companies or to general market and economic movements and trends, including adverse changes to credit markets.

Interest Rate Risk − The risk that your investment may go down in value when interest rates rise, because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall. A wide variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policies and inflation rates. Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk. Falling interest rates also create the potential for a decline inthe Underlying Fund's or Fund’s income. These risks are greater during periods of rising inflation. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Underlying Fund's or Fund’s investment in fixed income securities will go down in value. Risks associated with rising interest rates are currently heightened because interest rates in the U.S. are at, or near, historic lows.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Underlying Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Underlying Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

Foreign Investments Risk − Investments in foreign securities may be riskier than investments in U.S. securities. Differences between the U.S. and foreign regulatory regimes and securities markets, including the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets, as well as political and economic developments in foreign countries and regions, may affect the value of the Underlying Fund’s investments in foreign securities. Changes in currency exchange rates may also adversely affect the Underlying Fund’s foreign investments.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund or Underlying Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Leverage Risk − Leverage can increase market exposure, magnify investment risks, and cause losses to be realized more quickly. Leverage may also cause the Fund or Underlying Fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged. The use of leverage may cause the Fund or Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so.

Swaps Risk − A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund or Underlying Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

Futures and Options Risks − Futures and options may be more volatile than direct investments in the securities underlying the futures and options, may not correlate perfectly to the underlying securities, may involve additional costs, and may be illiquid. Futures and options also may involve the use of leverage as the Fund may make a small initial investment relative to the risk assumed, which could result in losses greater than if futures or options had not been used. Futures and options are also subject to the risk that the other party to the transaction may default on its obligation.

Forward Currency Contracts Risk − A forward currency contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a currency at a set price on a future date. The market value of a forward currency contract fluctuates with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of foreign securities, they do allow the Fund or Underlying Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. Use of such contracts, therefore, can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain. The Fund or Underlying Fund could also lose money when the contract is settled. Gains from foreign currency contracts are typically taxable as ordinary income and may significantly increase an investor’s tax liability.

Call Risk − Call risk is the risk that an issuer, especially during a period of falling interest rates, may redeem a security by repaying it early, which may reduce the Underlying Fund’s income if the proceeds are reinvested at lower interest rates.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk − Mortgage- and asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages or other assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk, interest rate risk, “prepayment risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates) and “extension risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates). If the Underlying Fund invests in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Underlying Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Underlying Fund, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include so-called “subprime” mortgages.

Loans and Loan Participations Risk − Loans and loan participations, including floating rate loans, are subject to credit risk, including the risk of nonpayment of principal or interest. Also, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults. Although the loans the Underlying Fund holds may be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment. In addition, in the event an issuer becomes insolvent, a loan could be subject to settlement risks or administrative disruptions that could adversely affect the Underlying Fund’s investment. It may also be difficult to obtain reliable information about a loan or loan participation.

Many loans are relatively illiquid or are subject to restrictions on resale and may be difficult to value, which will have an adverse impact on the Underlying Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans or loan participations when necessary to meet redemption requests or liquidity needs, or to respond to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Loans may also be subject to extension risk (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates) and prepayment risk (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates). The Underlying Fund may acquire a participation interest in a loan that is held by another party. When the Underlying Fund’s loan interest is a participation, the Underlying Fund may have less control over the exercise of remedies than the party selling the participation interest, and it normally would not have any direct rights against the borrower.

Loan interests may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as the Underlying Fund, may not, therefore, be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. The Underlying Fund may be in possession of material non-public information about a borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or security of such borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, the Underlying Fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a loan or security of such a Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

U.S. Government Securities Risk − Treasury obligations may differ in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. U.S. government securities may be guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and principal but not market value. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies and authorities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies and authorities if it is not obligated by law to do so. In addition, the value of U.S. Government securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating of the U.S. Government. U.S. Government securities are also subject to the risk that the U.S. Treasury will be unable to meet its payment obligations.

Sovereign Debt Risk − Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that the issuer of the non-U.S. sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay the principal or interest when due. This may result from political or social factors, the general economic environment of a country or economic region, levels of foreign debt or foreign currency exchange rates.

Liquidity Risk − The risk that the market for a particular investment or type of investment is or becomes relatively illiquid, making it difficult for the Underlying Fund to sell that investment at an advantageous time or price. Illiquidity may be due to events relating to the issuer of the securities, market events, rising interest rates, economic conditions or investor perceptions. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and their value may be lower than the market price of comparable liquid securities, which would negatively affect the Underlying Fund's performance.

To Be Announced (TBA) Investments Risk − TBA investments include when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments. TBA securities involve the risk that the security the Underlying Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Underlying Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price.

Rule 144A Securities Risk − The Underlying Fund may invest in “Rule 144A” securities, which are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A investments are subject to certain additional risks compared to publicly traded securities. If there are not enough qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A securities when the Underlying Fund wishes to sell such securities, the Underlying Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. For this reason, although Rule 144A securities are generally considered to be liquid, the Underlying Fund's holdings in Rule 144A securities may adversely affect the Underlying Fund's overall liquidity if qualified buyers become uninterested in buying them at a particular time. Issuers of Rule 144A securities are required to furnish information to potential investors upon request. However, the required disclosure is much less extensive than that required of public companies and is not publicly available. Further, issuers of Rule 144A securities can require recipients of the information (such as the Underlying Fund) to agree contractually to keep the information confidential, which could also adversely affect the Underlying Fund's ability to dispose of a security.

Active Trading Risk − Active trading could increase the Underlying Fund's transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may adversely affect Fund performance.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: ul170g9223popis1f2365663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ___% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

Lifetime (since
11/29/13)

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

− After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Campe Goodman, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2013
Lucius T. Hill III	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2013
Joseph F. Marvan, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2013

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Emerging Markets Local Debt Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks capital appreciation and income.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.99]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.25% (Class A), 2.00% (Class C), 1.00% (Class I), 1.55% (Class R3), 1.25% (Class R4), 0.95% (Class R5) and 0.90% (Class Y). This contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017]. In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. This contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless HASCO provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets in local currency-denominated emerging markets debt securities, as well as forwards and other derivative instruments that provide market exposure to such securities. Local currencies are the currencies of the markets where the Fund’s investments are located. The Fund will invest primarily in these non-U.S. dollar currencies. The Fund will invest in both investment grade and non-investment grade debt securities (also referred to as “junk bonds”) from emerging markets. The Fund may invest in debt issued by sovereign, quasi-sovereign agency, supranational, and sub-national government issuers; corporate debt securities and loan participation securities; credit- and index-linked derivatives; global depositary notes (“GDNs”); inflation protected securities; as well as other debt securities, both fixed- and floating-rate. The Fund may buy and sell exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivative instruments, including bond futures; currency, interest rate, total rate of return, and credit default swaps; forward rate agreements; currency, bond, and swap options; deliverable and non-deliverable currency forward contracts; and other derivative instruments to enhance portfolio management efficiency, and may hold outright short positions in these instruments for hedging purposes and otherwise in pursuit of the Fund’s investment objective. The Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity or duration. The Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Call Risk − Call risk is the risk that an issuer, especially during a period of falling interest rates, may redeem a security by repaying it early, which may reduce the Fund’s income if the proceeds are reinvested at lower interest rates.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Leverage Risk − Leverage can increase market exposure, magnify investment risks, and cause losses to be realized more quickly. Leverage may also cause the Fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged. The use of leverage may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so.

Forward Currency Contracts Risk − A forward currency contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a currency at a set price on a future date. The market value of a forward currency contract fluctuates with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of foreign securities, they do allow the Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. Use of such contracts, therefore, can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain. The Fund could also lose money when the contract is settled. Gains from foreign currency contracts are typically taxable as ordinary income and may significantly increase an investor’s tax liability.

Swaps Risk − A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

Liquidity Risk − The risk that the market for a particular investment or type of investment is or becomes relatively illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to sell that investment at an advantageous time or price. Illiquidity may be due to events relating to the issuer of the securities, market events, rising interest rates, economic conditions or investor perceptions. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and their value may be lower than the market price of comparable liquid securities, which would negatively affect the Fund's performance.

Non-Diversification Risk − The Fund is non-diversified, which means it is permitted to invest a greater portion of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a “diversified” fund. For this reason the Fund may be more exposed to the risks associated with and developments affecting an individual issuer than a fund that invests more widely. The Fund may also be subject to greater market fluctuation and price volatility than a more broadly diversified fund.

Event Risk − Event risk is the risk that corporate issuers may undergo restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers, or similar events financed by increased debt. As a result of the added debt, the credit quality and market value of a company’s bonds and/or other debt securities may decline significantly.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

Counterparty Risk − The risk that the counterparty in a transaction by the Fund may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise to honor its obligations.

Rule 144A Securities Risk − The Fund may invest in “Rule 144A” securities, which are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A investments are subject to certain additional risks compared to publicly traded securities. If there are not enough qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A securities when the Fund wishes to sell such securities, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. For this reason, although Rule 144A securities are generally considered to be liquid, the Fund's holdings in Rule 144A securities may adversely affect the Fund's overall liquidity if qualified buyers become uninterested in buying them at a particular time. Issuers of Rule 144A securities are required to furnish information to potential investors upon request. However, the required disclosure is much less extensive than that required of public companies and is not publicly available. Further, issuers of Rule 144A securities can require recipients of the information (such as the Fund) to agree contractually to keep the information confidential, which could also adversely affect the Fund's ability to dispose of a security.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: qe3a97varu723j5ftds0t663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ___% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

Lifetime (since
05/31/11)

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

JP Morgan GBI Emerging Markets Global Diversified Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management Company LLP.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
James W. Valone, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2011
Evan J. Ouellette	Vice President and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2011
Michael T. Henry	Vice President and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2014

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$5,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Floating Rate Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide high current income, and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

3.00%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.59]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.00% (Class A), 1.75% (Class B), 1.75% (Class C), 0.75% (Class I), 1.25% (Class R3), 1.00% (Class R4), 0.70% (Class R5) and 0.70% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Fund’s assets are invested in below-investment-grade variable or floating rate loans (“Floating Rate Loans”) and floating rate securities selected by the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”). The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity or duration. The Fund may purchase second lien loans, fixed rate loans and unsecured loans and debt securities. Senior Floating Rate Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (“Borrower”), are typically secured by specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. The Fund may also invest in companies whose financial condition is uncertain, where the Borrower has defaulted in the payment of interest or principal or in the performance of its covenants or agreements or that may be involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations, or financial restructurings. Additionally, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in loans of foreign Borrowers and securities of foreign issuers, and up to 10% of its net assets in foreign loans or securities that are denominated in a foreign currency.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Loans and Loan Participations Risk − Loans and loan participations, including floating rate loans, are subject to credit risk, including the risk of nonpayment of principal or interest. Also, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults. Although the loans the Fund holds may be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment. In addition, in the event an issuer becomes insolvent, a loan could be subject to settlement risks or administrative disruptions that could adversely affect the Fund’s investment. It may also be difficult to obtain reliable information about a loan or loan participation.

Many loans are relatively illiquid or are subject to restrictions on resale and may be difficult to value, which will have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans or loan participations when necessary to meet redemption requests or liquidity needs, or to respond to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Loans may also be subject to extension risk (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates) and prepayment risk (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates).

The Fund may acquire a participation interest in a loan that is held by another party. When the Fund’s loan interest is a participation, the Fund may have less control over the exercise of remedies than the party selling the participation interest, and it normally would not have any direct rights against the borrower.

Loan interests may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as the Fund, may not, therefore, be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. The Fund may be in possession of material non-public information about a borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or security of such borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, the Fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a loan or security of such a Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: b59lagp93rjnrjrsch510663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	Michael J. Bacevich			Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager			2005

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Floating Rate High Income Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide high current income, and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

3.00%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.70]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Acquired Fund fees and
expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.05% (Class A), 1.80% (Class C), 0.80% (Class I), 1.35% (Class R3), 1.05% (Class R4), 0.75% (Class R5) and 0.75% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund will invest in floating rate loans, floating rate debt securities and investments that are the economic equivalent of floating rate investments to effectively enable the Fund to achieve a floating rate of income. In order to seek a higher current income, the Fund will invest in high yield fixed-rate bonds (also referred to as “junk bonds”). Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets will be invested in a portfolio of: (i) below-investment grade variable or floating rate loans (“Floating Rate Loans”) and floating rate securities; (ii) high yield fixed-rate loans or debt securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert the fixed-rate interest payments into floating-rate interest payments; and (iii) fixed-rate instruments with a duration of less than or equal to one year, including money market securities of all types, repurchase agreements, and shares of money market and short-term bond funds. The Fund normally invests primarily in interests in senior Floating Rate Loans (that are either secured or unsecured) and floating rate securities. The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity or duration. The Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in below-investment grade debt securities. Additionally, the Fund may invest up to 40% of its net assets in loans of foreign borrowers and debt securities of foreign issuers, and up to 25% of its net assets in foreign loans or debt securities that are denominated in a foreign currency. The Fund may use foreign currency swaps, foreign currency futures contracts, and forward currency exchange contracts to attempt to mitigate the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and, at a minimum, will use foreign currency swaps, foreign currency futures contracts, and foreign currency exchange contracts to effectively limit non-U.S. currency exposure to 10% of the Fund’s net assets. The extent to which the Fund will invest in loans of foreign borrowers and securities of foreign issuers depends upon the view of the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), of the global loan market, and the allocation to such loans and securities may fluctuate over time. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets

in fixed-rate loans and debt securities without entering into an interest rate swap. The Fund is a non-diversified fund, meaning that the Fund may invest a larger proportion of its assets in the securities of one or more issuers than a fund that is “diversified.”

The proceeds of Floating Rate Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. While the Fund may invest in Floating Rate Loans that are unsecured, senior Floating Rate Loans typically hold a senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (“Borrower”), and typically are secured by a lien on specific collateral that is senior to claims by subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. The Fund may purchase second lien loans, and other subordinated or unsecured loans and debt securities.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Loans and Loan Participations Risk − Loans and loan participations, including floating rate loans, are subject to credit risk, including the risk of nonpayment of principal or interest. Also, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults. Although the loans the Fund holds may be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment. In addition, in the event an issuer becomes insolvent, a loan could be subject to settlement risks or administrative disruptions that could adversely affect the Fund’s investment. It may also be difficult to obtain reliable information about a loan or loan participation.

non-public information about a borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or security of such borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, the Fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a loan or security of such a Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Forward Currency Contracts Risk − A forward currency contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a currency at a set price on a future date. The market value of a forward currency contract fluctuates with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of foreign securities, they do allow the Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. Use of such contracts, therefore, can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain. The Fund could also lose money when the contract is settled. Gains from foreign currency contracts are typically taxable as ordinary income and may significantly increase an investor’s tax liability.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: p36vkisl5qjc29e7nst0g663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

Lifetime (since
09/30/11)

Class A − Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	Michael J. Bacevich			Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager			2011

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford High Yield Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide high current income, and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.65]%

[0.65%

[0.65]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 1.05% (Class A), 1.80% (Class B), 1.80% (Class C), 0.80% (Class I), 1.35% (Class R3), 1.05% (Class R4), 0.75% (Class R5) and 0.70% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund normally invests at least 80%, and may invest up to 100%, of its assets in non-investment grade debt securities (also referred to as “junk bonds”). In seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective, the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), invests in specific issuers and securities that it considers to be attractive for providing current income as well as total return. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in bank loans or loan participation interests in secured or unsecured variable, fixed or floating rate loans to U.S. and foreign corporations, partnerships and other entities. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in preferred stocks, convertible securities, and securities accompanied by warrants to purchase equity securities. The Fund may invest up to 30% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers, including from emerging markets, and up to 10% of its net assets in non-dollar securities. The Fund may invest in bonds of any maturity or duration and may trade securities actively. The Fund may make use of derivatives investments, including futures and options, swap transactions, forwards and foreign currency transactions to manage risk, to replicate securities the Fund could buy that are not currently available in the market, or for other investment purposes.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

Volatility Risk − Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: ljv8tc98spla8v69v3kjo663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Class I shares commenced operations on May 31, 2007 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays U.S. Corporate High Yield Bond Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Christopher A. Jones, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012
David B. Marshak	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks a total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over an economic cycle.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.47]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.85% (Class A), 1.60% (Class B), 1.60% (Class C), 0.60% (Class I), 1.20% (Class R3), 0.90% (Class R4), 0.60% (Class R5) and 0.55% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing primarily in inflation-protected debt securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a real yield perspective consistent with total return. The Fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in U.S. dollar-denominated inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The Fund may also invest in inflation-protected debt securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities other than the U.S. Treasury and by other entities such as corporations and foreign governments. The Fund will also opportunistically invest up to 35% of its net assets in other asset classes, including, but not limited to, nominal treasury securities, currencies, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, mortgage-related securities, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in securities of “investment grade” quality. The Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, including inflation-protected securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may use derivatives, including forward contracts, futures and options and swap agreements to manage risk or for other investment purposes. [The Fund may also enter into bond forwards.] The Fund may also invest up to 15% of its net assets in bank loans or loan participation interests in secured or unsecured variable, fixed or floating rate loans to U.S. and foreign corporations, partnerships and other entities. The Fund may trade securities actively.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk − Mortgage- and asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages or other assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk, interest rate risk, “prepayment risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates) and “extension risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates). If the Fund invests in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund, reducing the values of

those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include so-called “subprime” mortgages.

[Bond Forwards Risk − Generally, the value of the bond forward will change based on changes in the value of the underlying asset. Bond forwards are subject to market risk (the risk that the market value of the underlying bond may change), non-correlation risk (the risk that the market value of the bond forward might move independently of the market value of the underlying bond) and counterparty credit risk (the risk that a counterparty will be unable to meet its obligation under the contract).]

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: apdab79l8if2mbfnn2gfa663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Class I shares commenced operations on August 31, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on December 22, 2006 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays U.S. TIPS 1-10 Year Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Barclays U.S. TIPS Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	Joseph F. Marvan, CFA			Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager			2015

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford Municipal Income Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide a high level of current income that is generally exempt from federal income taxes, and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases as a percentage
of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of purchase
price or redemption proceeds, whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Management fees

[0.35]%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.69% (Class A), 1.44% (Class C) and 0.44% (Class I). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until February 28, 2017, and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

[___]

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the examples, affect the Fund’s performance. From May 29, 2015 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2015, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [__]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in investment grade municipal securities and non-investment grade municipal securities (known as “junk bonds”) that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering long-term total return. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, and the Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in non-investment grade municipal securities. The Fund may invest in securities that produce income subject to income tax, including the Alternative Minimum Tax. The Fund will generally hold a diversified portfolio of investments across states and sectors, although the Fund is not required to invest in all states and sectors at all times.

The Fund normally will maintain a dollar weighted average duration equivalent to that of the Barclays Municipal Bond Index, plus or minus three years. (Historically, the average duration of the Barclays Municipal Bond Index is 6.5 years.) Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk.

Municipal Securities Risk − Municipal securities risks include the possibility that the issuer may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on a timely basis or at all, the relative lack of information about certain issuers of municipal securities, and the possibility of future legislative changes which could affect the market for and value of municipal securities. In addition, state or local political or economic conditions and developments can adversely affect the securities issued by state and local governments. The value of the municipal securities owned by the Fund also may be adversely affected by future changes in federal or state income tax laws, including tax rate reductions or the determination that municipal securities are subject to taxation.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Past Performance. Because the Fund has been in operation for less than one full calendar year, no performance history has been provided. Updated performance information is available at www.hartfordfunds.com. Keep in mind that past performance does not indicate future results.

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Brad W. Libby	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst	2015
Timothy D. Haney, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2015

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class A, Class C and Class I			$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs			$50

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Tax Information. The Fund’s distributions of interest on municipal bonds generally are not subject to federal income tax; however the Fund may distribute taxable dividends, including distributions of short-term capital gains, and long-term capital gains. In addition, interest on certain bonds may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. To the extent that the Fund’s distributions are derived from interest on bonds that are not exempt from applicable state and local taxes, such distributions will be subject to such state and local taxes.

The Hartford Municipal Opportunities Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income that is generally exempt from federal income taxes and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases as
a percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.35]%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees and expenses.

(3)

Expenses have been restated to reflect that Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.69% (Class A), 1.44% (Class B), 1.44% (Class C), and 0.44% (Class I). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in investment grade and non-investment grade municipal securities (known as “junk bonds”) that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering total return. At least 80% of the Fund’s net assets must be invested in municipal securities, and up to 35% of the Fund’s net assets may be invested in non-investment grade municipal securities. The Fund may invest in securities that produce income subject to income tax, including the Alternative Minimum Tax. The Fund will generally hold a diversified portfolio of investments across states and sectors, although the Fund is not required to invest in all states and sectors at all times.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser using a modified strategy

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: nee0e94o9fgruulu9skfr663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

Lifetime (since
05/31/07)

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Barclays Municipal Bond 1-15 Year Blend (1-17) Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Timothy D. Haney, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012
Brad W. Libby	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst	2012

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Municipal Real Return Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income exempt from federal income tax and after-tax inflation-adjusted total returns.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.35]%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver

and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees and expenses.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.69% (Class A), 1.44% (Class B), 1.44% (Class C), 0.44% (Class I), and 0.44% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. These contractual arrangements will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless HASCO provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the fee waiver and expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in securities that pay interest that is exempt from federal income tax and that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering after-tax total return. In order to maximize the Fund’s after-tax real return, the Fund will invest in inflation-linked securities or inflation-linked derivatives (such as forwards, options, futures contracts or swap agreements, including Consumer Price Index (CPI) swaps). “Real return” equals total return less the estimated cost of inflation, generally measured by changes in an official inflation measure, such as the Consumer Price Index. A significant portion of the Fund’s assets could be exposed to the effect of the Fund’s investments in inflation-linked derivatives, and is expected to range from 50% to 100%. The Fund may also use derivatives to manage portfolio risk, to replicate securities the Fund could buy that are not currently available in the market or for other investment purposes. The Fund has a policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in municipal securities the income from which is exempt from federal income tax; this policy cannot be changed without a shareholder vote. The Fund primarily invests in tax-exempt obligations issued by states, territories, and possessions of the United States, and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. At least 80% of the tax-exempt obligations purchased by the Fund will be of “investment grade” quality. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities with income subject to federal income tax, including the Alternative Minimum Tax.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Swaps Risk − A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser using a modified strategy

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: jhfjq8fgbobi69fu2onkp663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays Municipal Bond 1-15 Year Blend (1-17) Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Timothy D. Haney, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012
Brad W. Libby	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst	2012
Joseph F. Marvan, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2015

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Hartford Municipal Short Duration Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income that is generally exempt from federal income taxes, and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases as a percentage
of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of purchase
price or redemption proceeds, whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2) (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Management fees

[0.35]%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Annual Fund Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.69% (Class A), 1.44% (Class C) and 0.44% (Class I). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until February 28, 2017, and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

[___]

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the examples, affect the Fund’s performance. From May 29, 2015 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2015, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [__]% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in investment grade municipal securities and non-investment grade municipal securities (known as “junk bonds”) that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering total return. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, and the Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in non-investment grade municipal securities. The Fund may invest in securities that produce income subject to income tax, including the Alternative Minimum Tax. The Fund will generally hold a diversified portfolio of investments across states and sectors, although the Fund is not required to invest in all states and sectors at all times.

The Fund normally will maintain a dollar weighted average duration equivalent to that of the Barclays Municipal Bond Short 1-5 Year Index, plus or minus two years. (Historically, the average duration of the Barclays Municipal Bond Short 1-5 Year Index is 2.7 years.) Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Brad W. Libby	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst	2015
Timothy D. Haney, CFA	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2015

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

	Share Classes			Minimum Initial Investment			Minimum Subsequent Investment
	Class A, Class C and Class I			$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs			$50

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Quality Bond Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to maximize total return while providing a high level of current income consistent with prudent investment risk.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a percentage
of purchase price or
redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.50]%

Distribution and service (12b-1)
fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.95% (Class A), 1.70% (Class C), 0.70% (Class I), 1.25% (Class R3), 0.95% (Class R4), 0.65% (Class R5), and 0.60% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until February 28, 2017, and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a total return perspective while providing current income. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in investment grade, fixed-income securities. Investment grade securities are securities that are rated investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO’’), or are considered by Wellington Management to be of equivalent credit quality. The Fund generally invests a significant portion of its assets in mortgage-related securities such as agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities and related securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations, and other obligations that are secured by mortgages or mortgage-backed securities although the amount the Fund invests in such securities may change significantly from time to time based on current market conditions. The Fund is permitted to invest without limitation in mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies, including the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Fund may invest up to 30% of its assets in credit sectors, including but not limited to non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset backed securities, corporate bonds and covered bonds. The Fund may invest in both U.S. Treasury obligations and in obligations of U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund may use reverse repurchase transactions, repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The Fund may use derivative instruments, including futures contracts, options, and swaps, to enhance returns, manage portfolio risk or for other investment purposes. The Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity. The Fund normally maintains a dollar weighted average duration of between 1 and 8 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s

price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk. The use of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures, may have the effect of shortening or lengthening the duration of a fixed income portfolio. The Fund may invest in “to-be-announced” investments, including when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitment transactions.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk − Mortgage- and asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages or other assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk, interest rate risk, “prepayment risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates) and “extension risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates). If the Fund invests in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include so-called “subprime” mortgages.

Real Estate Related Securities Risks − In addition to general market risk, the main risk of real estate related securities is that the value of the underlying real estate may go down due, among other factors, to the strength of the general and local economies, the amount of new construction in a particular area, the laws and regulations affecting real estate and the costs of owning, maintaining and improving real estate. The availability of mortgages and changes in interest rates may also affect real estate values. The real estate industry is particularly sensitive to economic downturns. If the Fund’s real estate related investments are concentrated in one geographic area or in one property type, the Fund will be particularly subject to the risks associated with that area or property type.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Swaps Risk − A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk − Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements involve the purchase or sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement to resell or repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Repurchase transactions are subject to credit risk and counterparty risk. They also carry the risk that the market value of the securities may increase above the resell value or decline below the repurchase price. The Fund could also lose money if it is unable to recover the securities and the value of any collateral held or assets segregated by the Fund to cover the transaction is less than the value of securities. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may increase the possibility of fluctuation in the Fund’s net asset value.

Dollar Rolls Risk − The Fund may enter into dollar rolls in which the Fund will sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to repurchase substantially similar (the same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date to the same party. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is committed to buy may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold or that the counterparty may be unable to fulfill its obligations. These transactions may involve leverage.

To Be Announced (TBA) Investments Risk − TBA investments include when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments. TBA securities involve the risk that the security the Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: nh1g9v5pnhl296ft3oerm663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

Lifetime (since
11/30/12)

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

Portfolio Manager	Title	Involved with Fund Since
Michael F. Garrett	Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012
Val Petrov, PhD, CFA	Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012
Brian Conroy, CFA	Assistant Vice President and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager	2012

Purchase and sale of fund shares. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Short Duration Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge (load)
imposed on purchases as a
percentage of offering price

2.00%

None

Maximum deferred sales
charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase price
or redemption proceeds,
whichever is less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Share Classes

Management fees

[0.43]%

[0.43%]

[0.43]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%(2)

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

Total annual fund operating
expenses after fee waiver
and/or expense
reimbursement(3)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $500,000, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

The reduction in amounts charged in connection with Class B Distribution and Service Plan (12b-1) fees that took effect January 1, 2011, in order to comply with applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), caused the effective limit on net operating expenses attributable to Class B shares to be [___]%.

(3)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.85% (Class A), 1.60% (Class B), 1.60% (Class C), 0.60% (Class I), 1.15% (Class R3), 0.85% (Class R4), 0.55% (Class R5) and 0.55% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017] and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares: [

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks its investment objective by investing in securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive giving consideration to both yield and total return. The Fund normally invests in “investment grade” securities. The Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities rated below “investment grade” (also referred to as “junk bonds”) as well as bank loans or loan participation interests in secured or unsecured variable, fixed or floating rate loans to U.S. and foreign corporations, partnerships and other entities (“Bank Loans”). The Fund has an investment policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, under normal circumstances, in fixed income securities, including Bank Loans; this policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Bonds in which the Fund invests include, but are not limited to, (1) securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; (2) non-convertible and convertible debt securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations or other issuers (including foreign issuers); (3) asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations; (4) securities and loans issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by a foreign issuer, including supranational entities such as development banks, non-U.S. corporations, banks or bank holding companies, or other foreign issuers; (5) commercial mortgage-backed securities; and (6) zero coupon bonds.

In order to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk, generally the Fund will use derivatives such as Treasury futures and interest rate swaps. The Fund normally will maintain a dollar weighted average duration of less than 3 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk. The use of derivatives may have the effect of shortening or lengthening the duration of a fixed income portfolio. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in securities of foreign issuers.

Credit Risk − Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Loans and Loan Participations Risk − Loans and loan participations, including floating rate loans, are subject to credit risk, including the risk of nonpayment of principal or interest. Also, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults. Although the loans the Fund holds may be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment. In addition, in the event an issuer becomes insolvent, a loan could be subject to settlement risks or administrative disruptions that could adversely affect the Fund’s investment. It may also be difficult to obtain reliable information about a loan or loan participation.

Derivatives Risk − Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

Swaps Risk − A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

High Yield Investments Risk − High yield investments rated below investment grade (also referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered to be speculative and are subject to heightened credit risk, which may make the Fund more sensitive to adverse developments in the U.S. and abroad. Lower rated debt securities generally involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated debt securities. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty. There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may make them more difficult to value or sell.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk − Mortgage- and asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages or other assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk, interest rate risk, “prepayment risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates) and “extension risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates). If the Fund invests in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include so-called “subprime” mortgages.

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are described elsewhere in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The returns:

•

Assume reinvestment of all dividends and distributions

•

Include the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s portfolio was managed by a previous sub-adviser

•

Would be lower if the Fund’s operating expenses had not been limited.

The bar chart:

•

Shows how the Fund’s total return has varied from year to year

•

Does not include the effect of sales charges. If sales charges were reflected in the bar chart, returns would have been lower

•

Total returns by calendar year (excludes sales charges)

[MISSING IMAGE: n5siplg1gcodc9jt0v06d663x185.jpg]

Highest/Lowest quarterly results during the periods shown in the bar chart were:

Highest ____% (___ quarter, 20__) Lowest ____% (___ quarter, 20__)

Class I shares commenced operations on February 26, 2010 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class A shares (excluding sales charges), which had different operating expenses. Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares commenced operations on September 30, 2011 and performance prior to that date is that of the Fund’s Class Y shares, which had different operating expenses. For more information regarding returns, see the “Performance Notes” section in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

Average annual total returns for periods ending December 31, 2015 (including sales charges)

Share Classes

1 Year

5 Years

10 Years

Class A – Return Before Taxes

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions

[____]%

– After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

[____]%

Share Classes (Return Before Taxes)

Class B

[____]%

Class C

[____]%

Class I

[____]%

Class R3

[____]%

Class R4

[____]%

Class R5

[____]%

Class Y

[____]%

Barclays 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Credit Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

[____]%

Management. The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC. The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

	Portfolio Manager			Title			Involved with Fund Since
	Timothy E. Smith			Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager			2012

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES. Not all share classes are available for all investors. Minimum investment amounts may be waived for certain accounts.

Share Classes	Minimum Initial Investment	Minimum Subsequent Investment
Class A, Class C and Class I	$2,000 for all accounts except: $250, if establishing an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), with recurring monthly investments of at least $50 Class I shares are offered primarily through advisory fee-based wrap programs	$50
Class B	Closed to new investments	N/A
Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5	No minimum initial investment Offered primarily to employer-sponsored retirement plans	None
Class Y	$250,000 Offered primarily to certain institutional investors and certain employer-sponsored retirement plans	None

For more information, please see the “How To Buy And Sell Shares” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

The Hartford Strategic Income Fund

Summary Section

Investment Objective. The Fund seeks to provide current income and long-term total return.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Share Classes

Maximum sales charge
(load) imposed on
purchases as a
percentage of offering
price

4.50%

None

Maximum deferred
sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of purchase
price or redemption
proceeds, whichever is
less)

None(1)

5.00%

1.00%

None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Management fees

[0.55]%

Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees

0.25%

1.00%

None

0.50%

0.25%

None

Total other expenses

[___]%

Administrative
services fee

None

0.20%

0.15%

0.10%

None

Other expenses

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses

[___]%

Fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

Total annual fund
operating expenses
after fee waiver and/or
expense
reimbursement(2)

[___]%

(1)

For investments over $1 million, a 1.00% maximum deferred sales charge may apply.

(2)

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (the “Investment Manager”) has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) to the extent necessary to maintain total annual fund operating expenses as follows: 0.95% (Class A), 1.70% (Class B), 1.70% (Class C), 0.70% (Class I), 1.25% (Class R3), 0.95% (Class R4), 0.65% (Class R5), 0.60% (Class R6) and 0.60% (Class Y). In addition, Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”), the Fund’s transfer agent, has contractually agreed to reimburse any portion of the transfer agency fees over 0.30% of the average daily net assets per fiscal year for all classes. Each contractual arrangement will remain in effect until [February 28, 2017], and shall renew automatically for one-year terms thereafter unless the Investment Manager or HASCO, respectively, provides written notice of termination prior to the start of the next term or upon approval of the Board of Directors of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc.

Example. The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume that:

•

Your investment has a 5% return each year

•

The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (except that the examples reflect the expense limitation arrangements for only the first year)

•

You reinvest all dividends and distributions

•

You pay any deferred sales charge due for the applicable period.

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

Share Classes

Year 1

Year 3

Year 5

Year 10

[___]

Principal Investment Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in domestic and foreign debt securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a yield perspective while considering total return. The Fund normally invests in non-investment grade debt securities (also known as “junk bonds”), highly rated securities and foreign securities, including those from emerging markets. The Fund may invest in other asset classes of U.S. or foreign issuers, including, but not limited to, bank loans or loan participation interests in secured, second lien or unsecured variable, fixed or floating rate loans, securitized debt (such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (which may include “to-be-announced” investments)), convertible securities, preferred stock, and common stock. The Fund may use derivatives including futures contracts, swaps, options and forward foreign currency contracts, to manage portfolio risk, for efficient replication of securities the Fund could buy or for other investment purposes. The Fund will generally hold a diversified portfolio of investments in various sectors, although the Fund is not required to invest in all sectors at all times and may invest 100% of its net assets in one sector if conditions warrant. The Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity or duration.